WO2016061737A1 - 信息传输方法、设备和系统 - Google Patents

信息传输方法、设备和系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016061737A1
WO2016061737A1 PCT/CN2014/088964 CN2014088964W WO2016061737A1 WO 2016061737 A1 WO2016061737 A1 WO 2016061737A1 CN 2014088964 W CN2014088964 W CN 2014088964W WO 2016061737 A1 WO2016061737 A1 WO 2016061737A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
unicast
broadcast
coverage area
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/088964
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
曾清海
张健
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP19184774.8A priority Critical patent/EP3641354B1/en
Priority to EP14904325.9A priority patent/EP3197186B1/en
Priority to CN201480033998.3A priority patent/CN105723752B/zh
Priority to CN201911227482.3A priority patent/CN111212386B/zh
Priority to KR1020177013542A priority patent/KR101915291B1/ko
Priority to PCT/CN2014/088964 priority patent/WO2016061737A1/zh
Priority to KR1020187031521A priority patent/KR101954788B1/ko
Publication of WO2016061737A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016061737A1/zh
Priority to US15/491,806 priority patent/US10433311B2/en
Priority to US16/548,598 priority patent/US20190380119A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2647—Arrangements specific to the receiver only
    • H04L27/2655—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04L27/2668—Details of algorithms
    • H04L27/2673—Details of algorithms characterised by synchronisation parameters
    • H04L27/2675—Pilot or known symbols
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24—Cell structures
    • H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/02—Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/08—Access point devices

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to an information transmission method, device, and system.
  • the millimeter wave band In order to meet the demand for high-speed data transmission in mobile broadband, people have turned their attention to the millimeter wave band.
  • the academic community refers to the frequency band of 30 GHz to 100 GHz as the millimeter wave band. Since the millimeter wave band has a large available bandwidth, for example, in the 60 GHz band, the freely usable bandwidth is about 7 GHz to 9 GHz, and the MM wave band can be easily realized in the millimeter wave band. Low-interference, high-secure communication can be achieved at extremely high data rates.
  • the base station can communicate with the user equipment (English: User Equipment, UE for short) in the millimeter wave band.
  • the area where the broadcast beam can be scanned is called the broadcast coverage area, and the unicast beam is scanned.
  • the area is usually larger than the broadcast coverage area, and the area between the area scanned by the unicast beam and the broadcast coverage area is called a unicast coverage area. Since the millimeter wave transmission signal attenuates rapidly, the broadcast information transmitted by the base station to the UE is not suitable for transmission by the omnidirectional antenna, so that how the UE receives the broadcast information in the above broadcast coverage area or the unicast coverage area needs to be solved.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission method, device, and system, which are used to implement that a UE can receive broadcast information sent by a network device in the different coverage areas, thereby ensuring normal communication between the UE and the network device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a UE, including: a processing unit, configured to determine a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where A coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information, and the second coverage area is a unicast sent by the network device.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive broadcast information sent by the network device by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area of the UE determined by the processing unit.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the type of the coverage area determined by the processing unit is the first coverage area, receive by using the broadcast beam The broadcast information sent by the network device; or, when the type of the coverage area determined by the processing unit is the second coverage area, receiving, by the unicast beam, the Broadcast information, the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than the divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the service beam or the first broadcast of the UE Determining that the UE is in the second coverage area when the quality of the beam is less than a preset threshold; otherwise, determining that the UE is in the first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is all broadcasts currently received by the UE The best quality broadcast beam in the beam.
  • the method further includes: a first sending unit, configured to determine, in the processing unit, a coverage area where the UE is located After the type, the processing unit determines that the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located is changed, and sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the UE is currently in the coverage area.
  • the type or type of coverage area in which the UE is located changes.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect when the service beam of the UE is at least two The quality of the service beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, and the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to determine, in the processing unit, the coverage area of the UE
  • the second indication information that is sent by the network device is received by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area currently in which the UE is located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the method further includes: a first sending unit, configured to receive, by the receiving unit, the network device Sending a service beam or a first broadcast beam to the network device before the two indication information Quality, the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam of all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the first sending unit is specifically configured to: when the processing unit determines that the UE is currently in the Transmitting the quality of the first broadcast beam to the network device when the first coverage area is; or sending the content to the network device when the processing unit determines that the UE is currently in the second coverage area The quality of the service beam.
  • the quality of the beam is reference signal receiving power of the beam (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short) or reference signal receiving quality (English: Reference Signal Receiving Quality, for short) : RSRQ) or Channel State Indication (CSI), the beam including the service beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Receiving Quality, for short
  • CSI Channel State Indication
  • the method further includes: a second sending unit; And when the processing unit determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, and receives a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot that is sent by the network device by using M broadcast beams, where the M is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform downlink synchronization, and determine a quality of each of the M broadcast beams, and a second sending unit, configured to send, to the network device, an identifier of the second broadcast beam,
  • the second broadcast beam is the best-quality broadcast beam of the M broadcast beams;
  • the receiving unit receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam, and specifically includes: the receiving unit is configured to pass The second broadcast beam receives the broadcast information sent by the network device.
  • the processing unit performs downlink synchronization, and determines a quality of each broadcast beam in the M broadcast beams.
  • the processing unit is configured to perform downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, and determine quality of each of the M broadcast beams.
  • the eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect Determining, before the second sending unit sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, whether the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information;
  • the processing unit is further configured to stop sending the first to the network device when the first determining unit determines that the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information.
  • the second sending unit is configured to: when the first determining unit determines that the identifier of the second broadcast beam is different from the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information. At the same time, the identifier of the second broadcast beam is sent to the network device.
  • the receiving unit is further used in the foregoing After the sending unit sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot sent by the network device through the H unicast beams are received, where the H is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform downlink synchronization, and determine a quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the second sending unit is further configured to send the first single to the network device An identifier of the broadcast beam, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams; the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by using the first unicast beam, the network device to send Unicast information.
  • the method further includes: a second sending unit; And configured to: when the processing unit determines to be in the second coverage area, receive a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot that is sent by the network device by using H unicast beams, where H is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform downlink synchronization, and determine a quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams;
  • the second sending unit is configured to send, to the network device, an identifier of the first unicast beam, The first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the unicast information sent by the network device by using the first unicast beam; And receiving, by the receiving unit, the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the unicast beam, where the receiving unit is configured to receive, by using the first unicast beam,
  • the processing unit performs And the determining, by the processing unit, the network device that is received by the receiving unit by using the H unicast beams according to the line synchronization, and determining the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot performs downlink synchronization, and determines the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: when the second determining unit determines the first When the identifier of the unicast beam is the same as the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, stop sending the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device; or the second And sending, by the sending unit, the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the second sending unit is configured to: when the second determining unit determines the identifier of the first unicast beam and the current When the identifier of the unicast beam used for communication with the network device is different, the identifier of the first unicast beam is sent to the network device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to Receiving, by the network device, the configuration information that the UE sends the measurement of the H unicast beams by using the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot sent by the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes: The identifier and/or the transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the receiving unit receives the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot sent by the network device through the H unicast beams, and specifically includes: The receiving unit is configured to receive the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot through each of the unicast beams in the transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams according to the configuration information.
  • the H unicast beams include the UE Service beam and N adjacent unicast beams, the N being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the second sending unit to the network device And sending the identifier of the first unicast beam, specifically, the second sending unit, configured to send, to the network device, Y according to a sequence of quality from high to low, or from low to high An identifier of the unicast beam; or the second sending unit is configured to send a standby Y to the network device Ranking information of the unicast beam quality; wherein Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to an integer of the H.
  • the receiving unit is further used in the After the sending unit sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, receiving the first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling includes an identifier of the second unicast beam, where the The signaling unit indicates that the UE uses the second unicast beam as a service beam, and the processing unit is further configured to switch the service beam of the UE to the second unicast according to the first signaling. Beam.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the UE After the second coverage area, the random access procedure to the network device is stopped or the ongoing random access procedure is stopped.
  • the method further includes: a third sending unit;
  • the unit is further configured to: after the processing unit determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, receive a physical random access channel that is sent by the network device by using a broadcast beam (English: Physical Random Access Channel, referred to as: PRACH) a configuration information, the third sending unit, configured to send, by using an uplink beam, a random access preamble to the network device on a time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information; the uplink beam and the broadcast beam There is an association relationship, or the sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to the sending direction of the broadcast beam; the receiving unit is further configured to receive a random access response sent by the network device (English: Random Access Response, referred to as: RAR) a message, the RAR message includes an identifier of the random access preamble and uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device
  • the uplink beam includes: the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the receiving unit is further used When the UE and the network device need cross-carrier scheduling, the downlink control information sent by the network device in the first transmission time interval (English: Transmission Time Interval, TTI) of the scheduling cell is received.
  • Downlink Control Information DCI
  • the DCI indicates radio resource allocation information in consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell, and the K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation The information is indicated by a uniform number of physical resource blocks (English: Physical Resource Block, PRB) in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low, or frequency from low to high.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, including: a processing unit, configured to determine a type of a coverage area where a UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where The coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner, and the second coverage area is a single message sent by the network device.
  • the unicast beam is a beam that the network device communicates with the UE in a unicast manner; and a sending unit is configured to The type of the coverage area of the UE determined by the processing unit, and the broadcast information is sent to the UE by using a corresponding beam.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: when the processing unit determines that the type of the coverage area is the first coverage area, Transmitting, by the UE, the broadcast information; or, when the processing unit determines that the type of the coverage area is the second coverage area, sending the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, the single The divergence angle of the broadcast beam is not greater than the divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to determine, in the processing unit, the coverage of the UE Before the type of the area, the first indication information sent by the UE is received, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area currently in the UE is changed or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when determining a service beam or a first broadcast of the UE Determining that the UE is in the second coverage area when the quality of the beam is less than a preset threshold; otherwise, determining that the UE is in the first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is all broadcasts currently received by the UE The best quality broadcast beam in the beam.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: after the processing unit determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, When the processing unit determines that the type of the coverage area in which the UE is changed, the second indication information is sent to the UE, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the coverage area currently in the UE or the UE. The type of coverage area has changed.
  • the service beam of the UE is at least two The quality of the service beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, and the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the method further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to perform the processing Before determining, by the unit, the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, the unit receives the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam sent by the UE.
  • the first receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the processing unit determines that the UE is currently in the Receiving, by the UE, the quality of the first broadcast beam sent by the UE; or, when the processing unit determines that the UE is currently in the second coverage area, receiving the The quality of the service beam.
  • the quality of the beam is an RSRP of the beam or RSRQ or CSI, the beam comprising the serving beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the method further includes: a second receiving unit; And when the processing unit determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, sending a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using M broadcast beams, where the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive an identifier of a second broadcast beam that is sent by the UE, where the second broadcast beam is a broadcast beam with the best quality among the M broadcast beams; And sending, by the unicast beam, the broadcast information to the UE, where the sending unit is configured to send the broadcast information to the UE by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the identifier of the second broadcast beam is used by the network device to send broadcast information to the UE The identification of the broadcast beam is different.
  • the sending unit is further used in After receiving the identifier of the second broadcast beam sent by the UE, the second receiving unit sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where H is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the second receiving unit is further configured to receive an identifier of a first unicast beam sent by the UE, where the first unicast beam is a unicast beam with the best quality among the H unicast beams;
  • a sending unit configured to send unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the method further includes: a second receiving unit; For transmitting, by the H unicast beams, a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE when the processing unit determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, where H is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive an identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam among the H unicast beams; the sending unit And the unicast information is sent to the UE by using the first unicast beam; the sending unit sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, where the sending unit is configured to: Transmitting the broadcast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the first unicast beam The identification is different from the identity of the unicast beam used by the network device to communicate with the UE.
  • the sending unit is further configured to pass the H Before the unicast beam transmits the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot to the UE, send, to the UE, configuration information that the UE measures the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes the H Identification and/or transmission time of each unicast beam in a unicast beam.
  • the H unicast beams include the UE Service beam and N adjacent unicast beams, the N being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the second receiving unit receives the sending by the UE
  • the identifier of the first unicast beam specifically includes: the second receiving unit is configured to receive the Y unicast beams of the UE according to the order of quality from high to low, or from low to high And determining, by the second receiving unit, the ordering information of the Y unicast beam qualities sent by the UE, where the Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to the H Integer.
  • the sending unit is further configured to After receiving the identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, the second receiving unit sends the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes an identifier of the second unicast beam, the first signaling Instructing the UE to use the second unicast beam as a service beam; the processing unit is further configured to switch a service beam of the UE to the second unicast beam.
  • the eighteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect further comprising: a third receiving unit; And the third receiving unit is configured to receive the uplink beam by the UE, after the processing unit determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, and the PRACH configuration information is sent by using a broadcast beam. a random access preamble sent on the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information, the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or a sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to a sending direction of the broadcast beam; The sending unit is further configured to send a RAR message to the UE, where the RAR message includes an identifier of the random access preamble and an uplink authorization.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, and the third receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the UE, the authorization by using the uplink authorization information.
  • the random access message is sent by the uplink beam on the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the uplink grant information, and the random access message 3 includes the identifier information of the UE.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize an uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device.
  • the method includes: the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the sending unit is further used When the UE and the network device need cross-carrier scheduling, the first TTI of the scheduling cell sends DCI to the UE, where the DCI indicates radio resource allocation information in consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell,
  • the K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation information Indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the sequence of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low, or frequency from low to high.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a UE, including: a processor, configured to determine a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where The first coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner, and the second coverage area is a single message sent by the network device.
  • a processor configured to determine a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where The first coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner, and the second coverage area is a single message sent by the network device.
  • the transceiver is configured to And determining, by the processor, a type of the coverage area where the UE is located, and receiving broadcast information sent by the network device by using a corresponding beam.
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: when the type of the coverage area determined by the processor is the first coverage area, receive by using the broadcast beam The broadcast information sent by the network device; or, when the type of the coverage area determined by the processor is the second coverage area, receiving, by the unicast beam, the Broadcast information, the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than the divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: when the service beam or the first broadcast of the UE Determining that the UE is in the second coverage area when the quality of the beam is less than a preset threshold; otherwise, determining that the UE is in the first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is all broadcasts currently received by the UE The best quality broadcast beam in the beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: after the processor determines the type of the coverage area of the UE When the processor determines that the type of the coverage area in which the UE is changed, the first indication information is sent to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the coverage area currently occupied by the UE or The type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect when the service beam of the UE is at least two The quality of the service beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, and the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the transceiver is further configured to determine, in the processor, a coverage area of the UE The second indication information that is sent by the network device is received by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area currently in which the UE is located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: before receiving the second indication information sent by the network device, The network device sends a quality of a service beam or a first broadcast beam, where the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the transceiver sends a quality of a service beam or a first broadcast beam to the network device, Specifically, the transceiver is configured to: when the processor determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage area, send the quality of the first broadcast beam to the network device; or, when the process is And determining, when the UE is currently in the second coverage area, sending the quality of the service beam to the network device.
  • the quality of the beam is RSRP or RSRQ or CSI of the beam
  • the beam includes the service beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to be used as the processor Determining, when the UE is in the first coverage area, receiving a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot that is sent by the network device by using M broadcast beams, where the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the processor, The method further includes: performing downlink synchronization, and determining a quality of each of the M broadcast beams; the transceiver is further configured to send, to the network device, an identifier of a second broadcast beam, where the second broadcast beam is The best-quality broadcast beam of the M broadcast beams; the transceiver receiving the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam, specifically, the transceiver is configured to receive by using the second broadcast beam The broadcast information sent by the network device.
  • the processor performs downlink synchronization, and determines a quality of each broadcast beam in the M broadcast beams.
  • the processor is configured to perform downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, and determine quality of each of the M broadcast beams.
  • the processor is further used in Before the transceiver sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, determining whether the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information; when determining the second broadcast When the identifier of the beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information, the sending of the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device is stopped; or the transceiver sends the identifier to the network device And the identifier of the second broadcast beam, where the transceiver is configured to: when the processor determines that the identifier of the second broadcast beam is different from the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive broadcast information, The network device sends the second The identification of the broadcast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to After transmitting, by the network device, the identifier of the second broadcast beam, receiving a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot that is sent by the network device by using H unicast beams, where H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; And performing the downlink synchronization, and determining the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the transceiver is further configured to send, to the network device, an identifier of the first unicast beam, where the A unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams; and the unicast information sent by the network device is received by the first unicast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: when the processor determines When in the second coverage area, the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot transmitted by the network device through the H unicast beams are received, where the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the processor is further configured to perform downlink Synchronizing, and determining a quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the transceiver is further configured to send an identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the first unicast beam is Determining the best quality unicast beam among the H unicast beams; and receiving the unicast information sent by the network device by using the first unicast beam; the transceiver receiving the network device by using the unicast beam
  • the sending broadcast information specifically includes: the transceiver is configured to receive, by using the first unicast beam, the broadcast information sent by the network device.
  • the processor performs downlink synchronization, And determining, according to the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams, specifically: the processor is configured to use, according to the transceiver, the synchronization signal sent by the network device by using the H unicast beams And/or the training pilot performs downlink synchronization, and determines the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the Whether the identifier of the first unicast beam is the same as the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device; the processor is further configured to: when determining the identifier and location of the first unicast beam Stopping to the network when the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE currently communicating with the network device is the same
  • the device sends the identifier of the first unicast beam; or the transceiver sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, specifically: the transceiver is configured to: when the processor determines the When the identifier of the first unicast beam is different from the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, the identifier of the first unicast beam is sent to the network device.
  • the transceiver is further used in the receiving station Receiving, by the network device, the configuration information that the UE sends the measurement of the H unicast beams by using the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot sent by the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes: The identifier and/or the transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the transceiver receives the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot sent by the network device through the H unicast beams, and specifically includes: The transceiver is configured to receive the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot through each of the unicast beams in a transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams according to the configuration information.
  • the H unicast beams include the UE Service beam and N adjacent unicast beams, the N being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the transceiver sends the device to the network device
  • the identifier of the first unicast beam specifically includes: the transceiver is configured to send Y unicast beams to the network device according to a sequence of quality from high to low, or from low to high Or the transceiver is configured to send, to the network device, order information for transmitting Y pieces of the unicast beam quality; wherein, Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to the H Integer.
  • the transceiver is further configured to After the network device sends the identifier of the first unicast beam, the first signaling sent by the network device is received, where the first signaling includes an identifier of a second unicast beam, and the first signaling indicates the The UE uses the second unicast beam as a service beam, and the processor is further configured to switch the service beam of the UE to the second unicast beam according to the first signaling.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the UE After the second coverage area, the UE stops initiating a random access procedure to the network device or stops the positive The random access process is in progress.
  • the transceiver is further configured to The processor determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, and receives PRACH configuration information that is sent by the network device by using a broadcast beam; the transceiver is further configured to indicate, by using an uplink beam, the PRACH configuration information.
  • the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or the sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to the sending direction of the broadcast beam;
  • the device is further configured to receive the RAR message sent by the network device, where the RAR message includes the identifier of the random access preamble and uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device.
  • the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam; and the uplink beam authorized by the uplink authorization information is on the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the uplink authorization information
  • Network device sends a random access message 3, the random access message 3 including the identification information of the UE.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device
  • the uplink beam includes: the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the transceiver is further used When the UE and the network device need to perform cross-carrier scheduling, receive DCI sent by the network device in a first TTI of a scheduling cell, where the DCI indicates wireless in consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell. Resource allocation information, the K being an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation The information is indicated by a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the sequence of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night
  • the order of the uniform number of the PRB in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low, or frequency from low to high.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, including: a processor, configured to determine a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where a coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner, and the second coverage area is sent by the network device.
  • a network device including: a processor, configured to determine a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where a coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner, and the second coverage area is sent by the network device.
  • the transceiver is configured to: And transmitting broadcast information to the UE by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area of the UE determined by the processor.
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: when the processor determines that the type of the coverage area is the first coverage area, Transmitting, by the UE, the broadcast information; or, when the processor determines that the type of the coverage area is the second coverage area, sending the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, the single The divergence angle of the broadcast beam is not greater than the divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to determine, in the processor, a coverage area where the UE is located Before the type, the first indication information that is sent by the UE is received, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area where the UE is currently located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: when determining a service beam or a first broadcast of the UE Determining that the UE is in the second coverage area when the quality of the beam is less than a preset threshold; otherwise, determining that the UE is in the first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is all broadcasts currently received by the UE The best quality broadcast beam in the beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: after the processor determines the type of the coverage area of the UE, When the processor determines that the type of the coverage area in which the UE is changed, the second indication information is sent to the UE, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the coverage area currently in the UE or the UE. The type of coverage area has changed.
  • a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect when the service beam of the UE is The quality of the service beam of the UE is less than the preset threshold, and the quality of the best quality service beam among all the serving beams of the UE is less than the preset threshold.
  • the transceiver is further configured to determine at the processor Before receiving the type of the coverage area of the UE, receiving the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam sent by the UE.
  • the transceiver receives the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam that is sent by the UE Specifically, the transceiver is configured to: when the processor determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage area, receive the quality of the first broadcast beam sent by the UE; or, when The processor determines the quality of the service beam sent by the UE when the UE is currently in the second coverage area.
  • the quality of the beam is RSRP or RSRQ of the beam or CSI, the beam comprising the serving beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: when the processor determines And when the UE is in the first coverage area, send a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using M broadcast beams, where the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; and receiving the And the second broadcast beam is the best-quality broadcast beam of the M broadcast beams; the transceiver sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, specifically: The transceiver is configured to send the broadcast information to the UE by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the identifier of the second broadcast beam is used by the network device to send broadcast information to the UE The identification of the broadcast beam is different.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive After the identifier of the second broadcast beam sent by the UE, the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot are sent to the UE by using H unicast beams, where H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; and receiving the UE to send The identifier of the first unicast beam, where the first unicast beam is in the H unicast beams a best quality unicast beam; and transmitting unicast information to the UE over the first unicast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: when the processor Determining, when the UE is in the second coverage area, sending a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; and receiving the number sent by the UE An identifier of a unicast beam, the first unicast beam being the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams; and transmitting unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam; The sending, by the transceiver, the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, specifically, the transceiver is configured to send the broadcast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the first unicast beam The identification is different from the identity of the unicast beam used by the network device to communicate with the UE.
  • the transceiver is further configured to pass the H Before the unicast beam transmits the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot to the UE, send, to the UE, configuration information that the UE measures the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes the H Identification and/or transmission time of each unicast beam in a unicast beam.
  • the H unicast beams include the UE Service beam and N adjacent unicast beams, the N being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the transceiver receives the The identifier of a unicast beam includes: the identifier used by the transceiver to receive the unicast beams transmitted by the UE according to the order of quality from high to low, or from low to high; or The transceiver is configured to receive, by the UE, the sorting information of the Y unicast beam qualities, where the Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to an integer of the H.
  • the transceiver After receiving the identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, the transceiver sends the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes an identifier of the second unicast beam, where the first signaling indication is Said UE will be said
  • the second unicast beam is used as a service beam; the processor is further configured to switch the service beam of the UE to the second unicast beam.
  • the transceiver is further configured to perform the processing Determining the PRACH configuration information sent by the broadcast beam after the UE is in the first coverage area; and receiving the random connection sent by the UE by using an uplink beam and time-frequency resources indicated by the PRACH configuration information
  • the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or the sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to the sending direction of the broadcast beam; and the RAR message is sent to the UE, where the RAR message includes the An identifier of the preamble and an uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device; and the receiving the UE is authorized by using the uplink authorization information.
  • a random access message 3 sent by the uplink beam on the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the uplink grant information, where the random access message 3 includes the
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize an uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device.
  • the method includes: the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the transceiver is further used for When the UE and the network device need cross-carrier scheduling, the first TTI of the scheduling cell sends DCI to the UE, where the DCI indicates radio resource allocation information in consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell,
  • the K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation information Indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the sequence of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night
  • the order of the uniform number of the PRB in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low, or frequency from low to high.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission method, including: determining, by a UE, a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where the first coverage
  • the area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, where the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information, and the second coverage area is a unicast beam sent by the network device.
  • the type of the area receives the broadcast information sent by the network device through the corresponding beam.
  • the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using a corresponding beam, including: when the type of the coverage area When the first coverage area is the UE, the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam; or when the type of the coverage area is the second coverage area, the UE Receiving, by the unicast beam, the broadcast information sent by the network device, where a unicast beam has a divergence angle that is not greater than a divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the determining, by the UE, a type of the coverage area where the UE is located including: when the UE The UE determines that the UE is in the second coverage area when the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam is less than a preset threshold; otherwise, the UE determines that the UE is in the first coverage area;
  • the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam of all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the method further includes: when the UE determines When the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located is changed, the UE sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the coverage area currently in the UE or the coverage of the UE. The type of area has changed.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect when the service beam of the UE is at least two The quality of the service beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, and the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the type of the coverage area of the UE, the method further includes: The UE receives the second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area where the UE is currently located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the method before the UE receives the second indication information that is sent by the network device, the method further includes: The network device sends a quality of a service beam or a first broadcast beam, where the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the sending, by the UE, the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam to the network device includes: When the UE determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage area, the UE sends the quality of the first broadcast beam to the network device; or, when the UE determines that the UE is currently in the When the second coverage area is used, the UE sends the quality of the service beam to the network device.
  • the quality of the beam is RSRP or RSRQ or CSI of the beam
  • the beam includes the service beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the method when the UE is in the first coverage area, The method includes: the UE receives a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot that is sent by the network device by using M broadcast beams, where the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the UE performs downlink synchronization, and determines the M The quality of each broadcast beam in the broadcast beam; the UE sends an identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, where the second broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among the M broadcast beams; The receiving, by the broadcast beam, the broadcast information sent by the network device, includes: receiving, by the UE, the broadcast information that is sent by the network device by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the UE performs downlink synchronization, and determines a quality of each broadcast beam in the M broadcast beams, including The UE performs downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, and determines a quality of each of the M broadcast beams.
  • the UE sends the Before the identification of the second broadcast beam
  • the method further includes: determining, by the UE, whether the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information; When the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information is the same, the UE stops sending the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device; or when the identifier of the second broadcast beam is current with the UE When the identifiers of the broadcast beams used for receiving the broadcast information are different, the UE sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device.
  • the UE sends the foregoing to the network device After the identifier of the second broadcast beam, the method further includes: the UE receiving a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot that is sent by the network device by using H unicast beams, where the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; Downlink synchronization, and determining a quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the UE sending an identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the first unicast beam is the H single The best quality unicast beam in the broadcast beam; the UE receives the unicast information sent by the network device by using the first unicast beam.
  • the method when the UE is in the second coverage area, the method further includes: The UE receives a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot transmitted by the network device through H unicast beams, the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the UE performs downlink synchronization, and determines the H unicasts a quality of each unicast beam in the beam; the UE sends an identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams; The UE receives the unicast information sent by the network device by using the first unicast beam, and the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the unicast beam, where the UE passes the A unicast beam receives the broadcast information sent by the network device.
  • the UE performs downlink synchronization, and Determining the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams, including: the synchronization signal and/or the training sent by the UE by using the H unicast beams according to the received network device
  • the pilot performs downlink synchronization, and determines the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams the amount.
  • the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect Whether the identifier of the unicast beam is the same as the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device; when the identifier of the first unicast beam is used by the UE to communicate with the network device When the identifiers of the unicast beams are the same, the UE stops sending the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device; or when the identifier of the first unicast beam and the UE are currently associated with the network When the identifiers of the unicast beams used by the device communication are different, the UE sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device.
  • the UE receives the network device by using H Before the unicast beam transmits the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, configuration information that the UE sends the measurement of the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes An identifier and/or a transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the UE receives a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot transmitted by the network device through the H unicast beams, including: the UE And transmitting, according to the configuration information, the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot by each of the unicast beams in a transmission time of each of the H unicast beams.
  • the H unicast beams include the UE Service beam and N adjacent unicast beams, the N being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the UE sends the The identifier of the first unicast beam includes: the UE sends an identifier of the Y unicast beams to the network device according to a sequence of high to low quality, or a sequence from low to high; or The UE sends, to the network device, sequence information for transmitting Y unicast beam qualities; wherein, Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to an integer of the H.
  • the UE sends the After the identifier of the first unicast beam, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling includes an identifier of a second unicast beam, where the first signaling indication UE The second unicast beam is used as a service beam; the UE switches the service beam of the UE to the second unicast beam according to the first signaling.
  • the UE determines that the UE is in the second After the coverage area, the method further includes: stopping, by the UE, a random access procedure to the network device or stopping an ongoing random access procedure.
  • the UE determines that the UE is in the foregoing After the coverage area, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, PRACH configuration information that is sent by the network device by using a broadcast beam; and the UE, by using an uplink beam, on the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information, to the network
  • the device sends a random access preamble, and the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or the sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to the sending direction of the broadcast beam; the UE receives the RAR message sent by the network device.
  • the RAR message includes the identifier of the random access preamble and the uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device;
  • the uplink beam authorized by the uplink authorization information sends a random access message 3 to the network device on the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the uplink authorization information, where the The machine access message 3 includes identification information of the UE.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device
  • the uplink beam includes: the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the UE When the UE and the network device need cross-carrier scheduling, the UE receives the DCI sent by the network device in the first TTI of the scheduling cell, and the DCI indicates the radio resource allocation in the consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell.
  • Information the K being an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation information is indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low, or frequency from low to high.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides an information transmission method, including: determining, by a network device, a type of a coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where the first coverage
  • the area is the area covered by the broadcast beam sent by the network device, the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner, and the second coverage area is a unicast sent by the network device.
  • the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area of the UE, including: when the type of the coverage area is When the first coverage area is used, the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the broadcast beam; or, when the type of the coverage area is the second coverage area, the network device passes The unicast beam sends the broadcast information to the UE, and the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than a divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the network device before the determining, by the network device, the type of the coverage area of the UE, the network device further includes: the network The device receives the first indication information sent by the UE, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area currently in which the UE is located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the determining, by the network device, a type of the coverage area where the UE is located including: when the UE is When the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam is less than a preset threshold, the network device determines that the UE is in the second coverage area; otherwise, the network device determines that the UE is in the first coverage area;
  • the first broadcast beam is the quality of all broadcast beams currently received by the UE. The best broadcast beam.
  • the method further includes: when the network device determines When the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located is changed, the network device sends the second indication information to the UE, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the coverage area currently in the UE or the coverage of the UE. The type of area has changed.
  • a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect when the service beam of the UE is at least two The quality of the service beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, and the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than the preset threshold.
  • the network device before the determining, by the network device, the type of the coverage area of the UE, receives the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam sent by the UE.
  • the network device receives the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam that is sent by the UE.
  • the network device receives the quality of the first broadcast beam sent by the UE when the UE determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage area; or when the UE determines the UE When the network is currently in the second coverage area, the network device receives the quality of the service beam sent by the UE.
  • the quality of the beam is RSRP or RSRQ of the beam or CSI, the beam comprising the serving beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the network device when the UE is in the first coverage area, The network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using M broadcast beams, where the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the network device receives the second broadcast beam sent by the UE. And the second broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam of the M broadcast beams; the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, including: the network device Transmitting the broadcast information to the UE by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the identifier of the second broadcast beam is used by the network device to send broadcast information to the UE The identification of the broadcast beam is different.
  • the network device receives the After the identifier of the second broadcast beam, the network device further includes: the network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the network device Receiving, by the UE, an identifier of a first unicast beam, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams; and the network device passes the first unicast beam Sending unicast information to the UE.
  • the network device when the UE is in the second coverage area, The network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the network device receives the first unicast sent by the UE.
  • the identifier of the beam, the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams; the network device sends unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam; The transmitting, by the network device, the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, the network device sending, by using the first unicast beam, the broadcast information to the UE.
  • the first unicast beam The identification is different from the identity of the unicast beam used by the network device to communicate with the UE.
  • the network device is configured by using H unicast beams Before the UE sends the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, the method further includes: the network device sending, to the UE, configuration information that the UE measures the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes Identification and/or transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the H unicast beams include the UE Service beam and N adjacent unicast beams, the N being an integer greater than or equal to one.
  • the determining, by the network device, the identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE includes: receiving, by the network device, the UE according to a quality from high to low Or, in descending order, the identifiers of the Y unicast beams are transmitted; or the network device receives the sorting information of the Y unicast beam qualities sent by the UE; wherein the Y is Greater than or equal to 1, and less than or equal to the integer of H.
  • the network device receives the After the identifier of the unicast beam, the network device further sends the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes an identifier of a second unicast beam, and the first signaling indicates the UE
  • the second unicast beam is used as a service beam; the network device switches the service beam of the UE to the second unicast beam.
  • the network device determines that the UE is in the foregoing After the coverage area, the method further includes: the PRACH configuration information that is sent by the network device by using a broadcast beam; and the network device receiving, by using the uplink beam, the random transmission sent by the UE on the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information.
  • the access preamble, the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or the sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to the sending direction of the broadcast beam; the network device sends a RAR message to the UE, the RAR The message includes the identifier of the random access preamble and the uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device; the network device receives the UE a random access message 3 sent by the uplink beam authorized by the uplink authorization information on the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the uplink grant information, 3 the access message comprises identification information of the UE.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize an uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device.
  • the method includes: the uplink grant information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the network device When the network device needs to be scheduled across carriers, the network device is scheduling the first TTI of the cell to the The UE sends a DCI, where the DCI indicates radio resource allocation information in consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation information Indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the sequence of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low, or frequency from low to high.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission system, including: the UE provided by the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, and the network device provided by the foregoing second embodiment of the present invention; or the third aspect of the present invention.
  • the information transmission method, device, and system provided by the embodiment of the present invention determine, by the UE, the type of the coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the UE is located according to the UE.
  • the type of the coverage area receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the corresponding beam, so that the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device when the coverage area of the coverage area is different, thereby ensuring the relationship between the UE and the network device. Normal communication.
  • Embodiment 1 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 2 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 4 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of an information transmission method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a first coverage area and a second coverage area according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Embodiment 9 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of an information transmission method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of Embodiment 3 of an information transmission method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 4 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of an information transmission method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 5 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of an information transmission method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of subframe transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a first schematic diagram of a unified numbering of PRBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a second schematic diagram of a unified numbering of PRBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information transmission system according to the present invention.
  • the technical solution of the present invention is mainly applied to the millimeter wave frequency band.
  • the network device of the present invention may be a base station controller (English: Base Station Controller, BCS for short) in a GSM system, a GPRS system or a CDMA system, or a radio network controller in a CDMA2000 system or a WCDMA system.
  • Radio Network Controller (RNC) or base station (NodeB) which may also be an evolved base station (English: Evolved NodeB, eNB for short) in an LTE system, or a base station of an access service network in a WiMAX network.
  • ASN BS Access Service Network Base Station
  • It may also be a separate device that is dedicated to the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment may include: a processing unit 11 and a receiving unit 12, where the processing unit 11 is configured to determine the The type of the coverage area in which the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where the first coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, and the broadcast beam is the network.
  • the device uses a beam for transmitting the broadcast information in a broadcast manner, where the second coverage area is an area that is not covered by the broadcast beam sent by the network device in the area covered by the unicast beam sent by the network device, the single The broadcast beam is a beam for the network device to communicate with the UE in a unicast manner; the receiving unit 12 is configured to receive the network device by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area of the UE determined by the processing unit 11 Broadcast information sent.
  • the receiving unit 12 is specifically configured to: when the type of the coverage area determined by the processing unit 11 is the first coverage area, receive the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam; or When the type of the coverage area determined by the processing unit 11 is the second coverage area, the broadcast information sent by the network device is received by the unicast beam, and the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than The divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the UE in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution executed by the UE in the following method embodiments.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 2 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment is based on the UE structure shown in FIG. 1.
  • the processing unit 11 is specifically configured to: when the UE is used. Determining that the UE is in the second coverage area when the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam is less than a preset threshold; otherwise, determining that the UE is in the first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is The best quality broadcast beam of all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include: a first sending unit 13.
  • the first sending unit 13 is configured to: after the processing unit 11 determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, when the processing unit 11 determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes, Sending the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area where the UE is currently located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the quality of the serving beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, including: the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than Preset thresholds.
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: before the processing unit 11 determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, receive the second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE is currently The type of coverage area or the type of coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the first sending unit 13 is configured to send the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam to the network device before the receiving unit 12 receives the second indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam of all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the first sending unit 13 is specifically configured to: when the processing unit 11 determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage area, send the quality of the first broadcast beam to the network device; or, when processing The unit 11 determines that the quality of the serving beam is sent to the network device when the UE is currently in the second coverage area.
  • the quality of the beam is RSRP or RSRQ or CSI of the beam
  • the beam includes the service beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include a second sending unit 14.
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: when the processing unit 11 determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, receive a synchronization signal sent by the network device by using M broadcast beams and/ Or training the pilot, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the processing unit 11 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization, and determine a quality of each of the M broadcast beams; and a second sending unit 14 is configured to: Sending, to the network device, an identifier of a second broadcast beam, where the second broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among the M broadcast beams; and receiving, by the receiving unit 12, the broadcast sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam
  • the information includes: the receiving unit 12 is configured to receive, by using the second broadcast beam, the broadcast information that is sent by the network device.
  • the processing unit 11 performs downlink synchronization, and determines a quality of each of the M broadcast beams, where the processing unit 11 is configured to perform downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot. And determining a quality of each of the M broadcast beams.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include: a first determining unit 15 configured to determine, before the second sending unit 14 sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, Whether the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information; the processing unit 11 is further configured to: when the first determining unit 15 determines the identifier of the second broadcast beam and the UE When the identifier of the broadcast beam used for receiving the broadcast information is the same, the identifier of the second broadcast beam is not sent to the network device; or the second sending unit 15 is specifically configured to: when the first determining unit 15 determines the first When the identifier of the second broadcast beam is different from the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information, the identifier of the second broadcast beam is sent to the network device.
  • a first determining unit 15 configured to determine, before the second sending unit 14 sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, Whether the identifie
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: after the second sending unit 14 sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, receive a synchronization signal sent by the network device by using H unicast beams and/or Or training the pilot, the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the processing unit 11 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization, and determine quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; the second sending unit 14, The first unicast beam is the best quality unicast beam among the H unicast beams, and the receiving unit 12 is further configured to send the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device. The first unicast beam receives unicast information sent by the network device.
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: when the processing unit 11 determines that the second coverage area is in the second coverage area, receive the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot that is sent by the network device through the H unicast beams.
  • the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the processing unit 11 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization, and determine quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams; and the second sending unit 14 is configured to send to the network The device sends an identifier of the first unicast beam, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams, and the receiving unit 12 is further configured to receive the first unicast beam by using the first unicast beam.
  • the unicast information sent by the network device is received by the receiving unit 12, and the receiving unit 12 is configured to receive the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the unicast beam, where the receiving unit 12 is configured to receive, by using the first unicast beam, the network device to send The broadcast information.
  • the processing unit 11 performs downlink synchronization, and determines the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams, and specifically includes: the processing unit 11 is configured to pass the H according to the network device received by the receiving unit 12 The synchronization signal transmitted by the unicast beams and/or the training pilot performs downlink synchronization, and determines the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include: a second determining unit 16, configured to determine an identifier of the first unicast beam and an identifier of a unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device Whether the same is the same; the processing unit 11 is further configured to: when the second determining unit 16 determines that the identifier of the first unicast beam is the same as the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, stop the The network device sends the identifier of the first unicast beam; or the second sending unit 14 sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the second sending unit 14 is configured to be the second determining unit. 16: When the identifier of the first unicast beam is different from the identifier of the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, the identifier of the first unicast beam is sent to the network device.
  • a second determining unit 16 configured to determine an identifier of the first un
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to send, by using the H unicast beams, the receiving the network device.
  • the receiving unit 12 Before receiving the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, receiving, by the network device, configuration information that the UE performs measurement on the H unicast beams, where the configuration information includes each of the H unicast beams.
  • the receiving unit 12 receives the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot transmitted by the network device through the H unicast beams, and the receiving unit 12 is configured to use, according to the configuration information, the receiving unit 12 And transmitting, by each of the unicast beams, the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot in a transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the H unicast beams include a serving beam of the UE and N adjacent unicast beams, where the N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second sending unit 14 sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the second sending unit 14 is configured to use an order of quality from high to low, or low to high. Sequencing, sending, to the network device, an identifier of the Y unicast beams; or, the second sending unit 14 is configured to send, to the network device, order information for sending the Y unicast beam qualities; Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to an integer of the H.
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: after the second sending unit 14 sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, receive the first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling The first signaling indicates that the UE uses the second unicast beam as a service beam, and the processing unit 11 is further configured to: according to the first signaling, The serving beam of the UE is switched to the second unicast beam.
  • the processing unit 11 is further configured to stop initiating a random access procedure to the network device or stop an ongoing random access procedure after determining that the UE is in the second coverage area.
  • the UE in this embodiment may further include: a third sending unit 17.
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: after the processing unit 11 determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, receive PRACH configuration information that is sent by the network device by using a broadcast beam; and the third sending unit 17 is configured to pass An uplink beam, the random access preamble is sent to the network device on the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information, the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or the uplink beam is sent in the same direction
  • the receiving unit 12 is configured to receive the RAR message sent by the network device, where the RAR message includes the identifier of the random access preamble and uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used for authorization.
  • a random access message 3 is sent to the network device, and the random access message 3 includes identification information of the UE.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, and the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the receiving unit 12 is further configured to: when the UE and the network device need cross-carrier scheduling, receive a DCI sent by the network device in a first TTI of a scheduling cell, where the DCI indicates that the cell is scheduled. Radio resource allocation information in consecutive K second TTIs, the K being an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation information is indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from early to late; the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: the frequency is from high to low, or the frequency is from low to low. high.
  • the UE in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution executed by the UE in the following method embodiments.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the above receiving unit 12 may be a receiver or a transceiver
  • the foregoing first sending unit 13, second sending unit 14, and third sending unit 17 may be a transmitter or a transceiver
  • the receiving unit 12 and the A transmitting unit 13, a second transmitting unit 14, and a third transmitting unit 17 may be integrated to form a transceiver unit, which is implemented as a transceiver corresponding to hardware.
  • the above processing unit 11, the first determining unit 15, and the second determining unit 16 may be embedded in the hardware of the UE or may be stored in the memory of the UE in a software form, so that the processor can execute the call. The operations corresponding to the above units.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a UE according to the present invention.
  • the UE in this embodiment includes a transceiver 21 and a processor 22.
  • the UE may also include a common component such as an antenna, a baseband processing component, a medium-frequency radio processing component, and an input/output device, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Transceiver 21 and processor 22 may be operable to perform the operations performed by the UE in the method embodiments of the present invention described below.
  • the UE may further include: a memory 23, wherein the memory 23 stores a set of program codes, and the processor 22 is configured to call the program code stored in the memory 23 for executing the following method embodiments of the present invention. The operation performed by the UE.
  • the UE shown in FIG. 3 may be used to perform the technical solution executed by the UE in the following method embodiments of the present invention, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device in this embodiment may include: a processing unit 31 and a sending unit 32.
  • the processing unit 31 is configured to determine a coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area, where the first coverage area is an area covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device, and the broadcast beam is used by the network device.
  • a second coverage area is an area that is not covered by a broadcast beam sent by the network device in an area covered by the unicast beam sent by the network device, where the unicast beam is used.
  • a beam for communicating with the UE in a unicast manner for the network device and a sending unit 32, configured to send broadcast information to the UE by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area of the UE determined by the processing unit 31.
  • the sending unit 32 is specifically configured to: when the processing unit 31 determines that the type of the coverage area is the first coverage area, send the broadcast information to the UE by using the broadcast beam; or, when processing When the unit 31 determines that the type of the coverage area is the second coverage area, the broadcast information is sent to the UE by using the unicast beam, and the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than the divergence of the broadcast beam. angle.
  • the network device in this embodiment may be used to perform the technical solution executed by the network device in the following method embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a network device according to the present invention.
  • the network device in this embodiment may further include: a first receiving unit, based on the network device structure shown in FIG. 33.
  • the first receiving unit 33 is configured to receive, by the processing unit 31, the first indication information sent by the UE, where the first indication information is used, before the processing unit 31 determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located. Indicates that the type of the coverage area currently in which the UE is located or the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located changes.
  • the processing unit 31 is specifically configured to: when determining that the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, determining that the UE is in the second coverage area; otherwise, determining that the UE is in the The first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to: after the processing unit 31 determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, when the processing unit 31 determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes, The UE sends the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the coverage area where the UE is currently located or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes.
  • the quality of the serving beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, including: the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than Preset thresholds.
  • the first receiving unit 33 is configured to receive, before the processing unit 31 determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam sent by the UE.
  • the first receiving unit 33 is specifically configured to: when the processing unit 31 determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage area, receive the quality of the first broadcast beam sent by the UE; or, when processing The unit 31 determines that the quality of the service beam sent by the UE is received when the UE is currently in the second coverage area.
  • the quality of the beam is RSRP or RSRQ or CSI of the beam
  • the beam includes the service beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • the network device in this embodiment may further include: a second receiving unit 34.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to: when the processing unit 31 determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, send a synchronization signal and/or a training guide to the UE by using M broadcast beams.
  • the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the second receiving unit 34 is configured to receive an identifier of a second broadcast beam sent by the UE, where the second broadcast beam is the highest quality among the M broadcast beams a good broadcast beam;
  • the sending unit 32 sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, and the sending unit 32 is configured to send the broadcast information to the UE by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the identifier of the second broadcast beam is different from the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the network device to send broadcast information to the UE.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to: after the second receiving unit 34 receives the identifier of the second broadcast beam sent by the UE, send a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams.
  • the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the second receiving unit 34 is further configured to receive an identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, where the first unicast beam is the H unicast beams a medium-quality unicast beam; a transmitting unit 32, configured to pass the first unicast beam to the The UE sends unicast information.
  • the sending unit 32 is configured to send a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams when the processing unit 31 determines that the UE is in the second coverage area.
  • the H is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the second receiving unit 34 is configured to receive an identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, where the first unicast beam is in the H unicast beams a best quality unicast beam;
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to send unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam; and the sending unit 32 sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam Specifically, the sending unit 32 is configured to send the broadcast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the identifier of the first unicast beam is different from the identifier of the unicast beam used by the network device to communicate with the UE.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to send, by the UE, the H unicast beams to the UE before sending the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot to the UE by using the H unicast beams.
  • Measured configuration information the configuration information including an identifier and/or a transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the H unicast beams include a serving beam of the UE and N adjacent unicast beams, where the N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second receiving unit 34 receives the identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, and specifically includes: the second receiving unit 34 is configured to receive the UE according to the order of quality from high to low, or from low The identifiers of the Y unicast beams are transmitted to the high order; or the second receiving unit 34 is configured to receive the order information of the Y unicast beam qualities sent by the UE; where the Y is greater than or Equal to 1, and less than or equal to the integer of H.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to: after the second receiving unit 34 receives the identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, send the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes The identifier of the second unicast beam, the first signaling indicates that the UE uses the second unicast beam as a service beam, and the processing unit 31 is further configured to switch the service beam of the UE to the second Broadcast beam.
  • the network device in this embodiment may further include: a third receiving unit 35.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to: after the processing unit 31 determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, the PRACH configuration information that is sent by using one broadcast beam; the third receiving unit 35 is configured to receive the uplink beam by the UE. And the random connection sent on the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information In the preamble, the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam, or the sending direction of the uplink beam is opposite to the sending direction of the broadcast beam.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to send a RAR message to the UE.
  • the RAR message includes the identifier of the random access preamble and the uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, and the third receiving unit 35, And a random access message 3 that is sent by the uplink beam that is authorized by the UE by using the uplink authorization information, and is sent by the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the uplink authorization information, where the random access message 3 includes the UE. Identification information.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, and the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams.
  • the sending unit 32 is further configured to: when the UE and the network device require cross-carrier scheduling, send a DCI to the UE in a first TTI of the scheduling cell, where the DCI indicates a continuous K on the scheduled cell. Radio resource allocation information in the second TTI, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the radio resource allocation information is indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs.
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from early to late; the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: the frequency is from high to low, or the frequency is from low to low. high.
  • the network device in this embodiment may be used to implement the technical solution executed by the network device in the following method embodiments.
  • the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the above sending unit 32 may be a transmitter or a transceiver
  • the above first receiving unit 33, second receiving unit 34, and third receiving unit 35 may be a receiver or a transceiver
  • the transmitting unit 32 and the A receiving unit 33, a second receiving unit 34, and a third receiving unit 35 may be integrated to form a transceiver unit, which is implemented as a transceiver corresponding to hardware.
  • the above processing unit 31 may be embedded in or independent of the processor of the network device in hardware, or may be stored in the memory of the network device in software, so that the processor invokes the operations corresponding to the above units.
  • the processor can be a CPU, a microprocessor, a microcontroller, or the like. Please refer to FIG. 6. FIG.
  • the network device of this embodiment includes a transceiver 41 and a processor 42.
  • the network device may further include an antenna, a baseband processing component, and a central RF processing unit.
  • the common components of the components, the input and output devices, and the like are not limited herein.
  • the transceiver 41 and processor 42 can be used to perform the operations performed by the network device in the method embodiments of the present invention described below.
  • the network device may further include: a memory 43, wherein the memory 43 stores a set of program codes, and the processor 42 is configured to call the program code stored in the memory 43 for performing the following method embodiments of the present invention. The operation performed by the network device.
  • network device shown in FIG. 6 can be used to perform the technical solution executed by the network device in the following method embodiments of the present invention, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of the information transmission method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the UE determines a type of the coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area.
  • the UE may determine that the coverage area of the UE is the first coverage area or the second coverage area, where the coverage area is an area where the network equipment served by the UE can provide services to the UE in the current serving cell, where
  • the first coverage area is an area that can be covered by the broadcast beam sent by the network device, that is, an area that can be covered by the broadcast beam scanning sent by the network device in one week, or an area that can be covered by all the broadcast beams sent by the network device; that is, The network device served by the UE can provide the broadcast service area to the UE; the area of the small circle as shown in FIG.
  • the broadcast beam 8 represents the first coverage area
  • the broadcast beam is a beam used by the network device to broadcast information in a broadcast manner
  • the broadcast mode indicates The same signal sent by the network device can be received by multiple UEs, that is, the broadcast mode does not specify the transmission mode of the specific receiving UE, and the target object of the information is all UEs in the broadcast coverage area.
  • the second coverage area is an area that is not covered by the broadcast beam sent by the network device in the area covered by the unicast beam sent by the network device, where the unicast beam is scanned by the unicast beam sent by the network device.
  • the area covered by the coverage area, or the area covered by all unicast beams sent by the network device see the area of the large circle shown in FIG.
  • the second coverage area is the area covered by the unicast beam and the first coverage area
  • the zonal beam is a beam in which the network device communicates with the UE in a unicast manner in a region other than the small circle in the area of the large circle as shown in FIG.
  • a signal sent by the network device is received by a UE, that is, the unicast mode specifies the transmission mode of the specific receiving UE, and the target object of the information is the designated UE.
  • the determining, by the UE, a type of a coverage area where the UE is located including: when the UE is When the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam is less than a preset threshold, the UE determines that the UE is in the second coverage area; otherwise, the UE determines that the UE is in the first coverage area; A broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the first coverage area is closer to the network device than the second coverage area, so the better the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam, indicating that the UE is in the first coverage area, and the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam The worse, the UE handles the second coverage area.
  • the network device will trigger a handover procedure to handover the UE to another cell.
  • the quality of the beam is characterized by the RSRP or RSRQ or CSI of the beam, or other wireless signal strength or signal to noise ratio related parameters.
  • the UE receives broadcast information sent by the network device by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the network device may send broadcast information to all UEs in the area covered by the broadcast beam by using the broadcast beam, and the UE may receive the broadcast sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam.
  • the information is such that the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device in the first coverage area.
  • the divergence angle of the broadcast beam may be greater than a preset angle.
  • the broadcast beam may also be referred to as a wide beam.
  • the UE when the UE determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, the UE does not receive the broadcast information that the network device sends through the broadcast beam. Therefore, in order to enable the UE to receive the broadcast information, the UE and the network device are ensured.
  • the network device can send the broadcast information to the UE through the unicast beam, and the UE receives the broadcast information through the unicast beam, so that the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device in the second coverage area, and the network information is also guaranteed.
  • the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than the divergence angle of the broadcast beam.
  • the divergence angle of the unicast beam may be less than or equal to the preset angle.
  • the transmission distance of the unicast beam is greater than the broadcast.
  • the transmission distance of the beam for example, the unicast beam can also be referred to as a narrow beam.
  • the UE determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, and the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, thereby implementing the UE in the foregoing different manner.
  • the coverage area is covered, the broadcast information sent by the network device can be received, thereby ensuring normal communication between the UE and the network device.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of an information transmission method according to the present invention, as shown in FIG.
  • the methods can include:
  • the network device determines a type of the coverage area where the UE is located, where the type of the coverage area is a first coverage area or a second coverage area.
  • the network device may determine that the coverage area of the UE is the first coverage area or the second coverage area, where the first coverage area is an area covered by the broadcast beam sent by the network device, and the broadcast beam And the second coverage area is an area that is not covered by the broadcast beam sent by the network device in the area covered by the unicast beam sent by the network device, where the network device uses a beam for transmitting the broadcast information in a broadcast manner.
  • the unicast beam is a beam that the network device communicates with the UE in a unicast manner.
  • the determining, by the network device, the type of the coverage area where the UE is located includes: when the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, the network device determines that the UE is in the first a second coverage area; otherwise, the network device determines that the UE is in the first coverage area; the best quality broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams received by the UE; The broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam of all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the receiving condition of the uplink signal determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using a corresponding beam according to the type of the coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the network device may send broadcast information to all UEs in the area covered by the broadcast beam by using a broadcast beam, and correspondingly, the UE may pass the broadcast beam. Receiving broadcast information sent by the network device, so that the network device can send broadcast information to the UE when the UE is in the first coverage area.
  • the UE when the network device determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, the UE does not receive the broadcast information that the network device sends through the broadcast beam. Therefore, in order to enable the UE to receive the broadcast information, the UE and the network device are ensured. Normal communication between network devices through unicast beams Sending the broadcast information to the UE, the UE receives the broadcast information by using the unicast beam, and the divergence angle of the unicast beam is not greater than the divergence angle of the broadcast beam, so that the network device can send the UE to the UE when the second coverage area is used. The broadcast information also ensures normal communication between the UE and the network device.
  • the network device may send broadcast information to the UE through the unicast beam, and may also send broadcast information to other UEs through the broadcast beam.
  • the network device determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, and when the type of the coverage area is the first coverage area, the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the broadcast beam; or When the type of the coverage area is the second coverage area, the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, so that when the UE is in the coverage area of the different coverage area, the network device may The UE sends broadcast information, thereby ensuring normal communication between the UE and the network device.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of Embodiment 3 of the information transmission method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the UE determines a type of the coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the UE may determine whether the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, where the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all the broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the UE determines that the UE is in the second coverage area; when the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam of the UE is not less than the preset threshold, The UE determines that the UE is in the first coverage area.
  • the preset threshold may be configured by the network device to the UE.
  • first coverage area and the second coverage area For a detailed description of the first coverage area and the second coverage area, refer to the related description in the first embodiment of the method of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the quality of the serving beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, including: the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than Preset thresholds.
  • the UE determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, the UE sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the UE is currently in the coverage area.
  • the type or type of coverage area in which the UE is located changes.
  • the UE determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, the UE currently determines the If the UE is in the second coverage area, the UE determines that the type of the coverage area of the UE is changed, and the UE sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the current coverage area of the UE is the first coverage area.
  • the second coverage area or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes, that is, changes from the first coverage area to the second coverage area; if the UE previously determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, and because the mobile UE currently determines that the UE is in the first a coverage area, the UE determines that the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located is changed, and the UE sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the current coverage area of the UE is the first coverage area or The type of the coverage area in which the UE is located changes, that is, changes from the second coverage area to the first coverage area.
  • the network device determines, according to the first indication information, a type of a coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the network device receives the first indication information sent by the UE, where the first indication information indicates that the coverage area currently occupied by the UE is the first coverage area or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes from the second coverage area to the first coverage area.
  • the network device determines that the UE is in the first coverage area; when the first indication information indicates that the coverage area currently occupied by the UE is the second coverage area or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes from the first coverage area to the second
  • the network device determines that the UE is in the second coverage area.
  • the network device of this embodiment executes S304 or S305 according to the first indication information.
  • the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the broadcast beam.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located is the first coverage area, the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE through the broadcast beam, and accordingly, the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam. Thereby, the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device in the first coverage area.
  • the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located is the second coverage area, the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, and accordingly, the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the unicast beam. . Thereby, the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device in the second coverage area.
  • the UE determines the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, and when the type of the coverage area is sent, When the device changes, the UE notifies the network device of the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located, and then the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE through the broadcast beam according to whether the UE is in the first coverage area, or the network device is in the second according to the UE.
  • the coverage area transmits broadcast information to the UE through a unicast beam. Therefore, when the UE is in the coverage area of the different coverage areas, the network device can send broadcast information to the UE, thereby ensuring normal communication between the UE and the network device.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the information transmission method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the UE sends a quality of a service beam or a first broadcast beam to the network device.
  • the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the network device determines, according to the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam, a type of a coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the network device may receive the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam sent by the UE. It is then determined whether the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam is less than a preset threshold. When the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, the network device determines that the UE is in the second coverage area; when the quality of the serving beam or the first broadcast beam of the UE is not less than a preset threshold The network device determines that the UE is in the first coverage area; the first broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among all broadcast beams currently received by the UE.
  • the quality of the serving beam of the UE is less than a preset threshold, including: the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE is smaller than Preset thresholds.
  • the quality of the service beam sent by the UE to the network device in S401 is the quality of the best quality service beam among all service beams of the UE.
  • the quality of the service beam sent by the UE to the network device in S401 is the quality of all service beams of the UE.
  • the network device selects the quality of the best quality service beam from all service beams of the UE, and then determines the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located.
  • the network device determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located, the network device sends the second indication information to the UE, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE is currently covered.
  • the type of the zone or the type of coverage area in which the UE is located changes.
  • the network device determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, and the UE currently determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, the network device determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes, and the network device The UE sends the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the coverage area currently occupied by the UE is the second coverage area or the type of the coverage area of the UE is changed, that is, the first coverage area is changed to the second coverage area.
  • the network device determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, and the network device determines that the UE is in the first coverage area, the network device determines that the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located changes, and the network device sends the
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the coverage area currently occupied by the UE is the first coverage area or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes, that is, changes from the second coverage area to the first coverage area.
  • the UE determines, according to the second indication information, a type of a coverage area where the UE is located.
  • the UE receives the second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information indicates that the coverage area currently occupied by the UE is the first coverage area or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes from the second coverage area to the first coverage area.
  • the UE determines that the UE is in the first coverage area; when the first indication information indicates that the coverage area currently occupied by the UE is the second coverage area or the type of the coverage area where the UE is located changes from the first coverage area to the second coverage In the time zone, the UE determines that the UE is in the second coverage area.
  • the network device of the present embodiment may perform S405 or S406.
  • the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the broadcast beam.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located is the first coverage area, the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE through the broadcast beam, and accordingly, the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the broadcast beam. Thereby, the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device in the first coverage area.
  • the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the type of the coverage area where the UE is located is the second coverage area, the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the unicast beam, and accordingly, the UE receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the unicast beam. . Thereby, the UE can receive the broadcast information sent by the network device in the second coverage area.
  • the foregoing S401 may be specifically: when the UE determines that the UE is currently in the first coverage. In the time zone, the UE sends the quality of the first broadcast beam to the network device; that is, before the performing S401, the UE receives the indication information that is sent by the network device to indicate that the UE is in the first coverage area, and the UE determines the UE according to the indication information. The UE is currently in the first coverage area, and then the UE sends the quality of the first broadcast beam to the network device, and the network device receives the quality of the first broadcast beam sent by the UE.
  • the UE when the UE determines that the UE is currently in the second coverage area, the UE sends the quality of the service beam to the network device; that is, the UE receives an indication that the UE is in the second coverage area sent by the network device before performing the foregoing S401. And the UE determines, according to the indication information, that the UE is currently in the second coverage area, and then the UE sends the quality of the service beam to the network device, where the network device receives the quality of the service beam sent by the UE.
  • the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam is sent by the UE to the network device; the network device determines the type of the coverage area of the UE according to the quality of the service beam or the first broadcast beam, when the type of the coverage area changes.
  • the network device notifies the UE of the type of the coverage area in which the UE is located, and then the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the broadcast beam according to whether the UE is in the first coverage area, or the network device is in the second coverage area according to the UE. Transmitting broadcast information to the UE through a unicast beam. Therefore, when the UE is in the coverage area of the different coverage areas, the network device can send broadcast information to the UE, thereby ensuring normal communication between the UE and the network device.
  • the quality of the beam is received by a reference signal of the beam (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short) or reference signal reception quality (English: Reference Signal Receiving Quality (RSRQ) or Channel State Indication (CSI), or the parameterization of the strength or signal-to-noise ratio of other wireless signals.
  • the beam includes the serving beam or the first broadcast beam.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of the information transmission method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, in this embodiment, based on any one of Embodiments 1 to 4 of the method, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using M broadcast beams, where M ⁇ 2.
  • the network device may send a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using M broadcast beams, where the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the UE performs downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, to And determining a quality of each of the M broadcast beams. It should be noted that we do not limit the UE to perform downlink synchronization and determine beam quality based on the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot. Any other techniques that can perform downlink synchronization and determine beam quality are applicable to our solution.
  • the UE may receive the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot transmitted by the network device through the M broadcast beams, and then the UE may receive the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot according to each broadcast beam in the M broadcast beams. And performing downlink synchronization with each broadcast beam, and may also determine the quality of each of the M broadcast beams.
  • the UE sends an identifier of a second broadcast beam to the network device, where the second broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam among the M broadcast beams.
  • the UE may determine the best quality broadcast beam from the broadcast beam.
  • the best quality broadcast beam is referred to as a second broadcast beam.
  • the UE then sends the identity of the second broadcast beam to the network device.
  • the UE reports the identifier to the network device.
  • the UE reports the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device. Specifically, after determining the identifier of the second broadcast beam, the UE determines whether the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information; when the identifier of the second broadcast beam is When the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information is the same, the UE stops sending the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device, that is, the UE does not send the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device; When the identifier of the broadcast beam is the same as the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the UE to receive the broadcast information, the UE sends the identifier of the second broadcast beam to the network device.
  • the network device sends broadcast information to the UE by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the network device receives the identifier of the second broadcast beam sent by the UE, and the network device may determine that the identifier of the second broadcast beam is the best quality broadcast beam received by the UE among the M broadcast beams;
  • the identifier of the second broadcast beam received by the network device is different from the identifier of the broadcast beam used by the network device to send broadcast information to the UE.
  • the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the second broadcast beam according to the identifier of the second broadcast beam, and the UE also receives the broadcast information sent by the network device by using the second broadcast beam.
  • the method in this embodiment may further include:
  • the network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where H ⁇ 2.
  • the network device may send a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where H is An integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • H is An integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the divergence azimuth of the H unicast beams from the network device is within a range of divergence azimuths of the first broadcast beam when it is transmitted from the network device.
  • the H unicast beams include a serving beam of the UE and N adjacent unicast beams, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the service beam of the UE belongs to a unicast beam.
  • the UE performs downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, and determines a quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the UE may receive the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot transmitted by the network device through the H unicast beams, and then the UE may receive the synchronization signal and/or received according to each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the pilot is trained to perform downlink synchronization with each unicast beam, and the quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams can also be determined. It should be noted that we do not limit the UE to perform downlink synchronization and determine beam quality based on the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot. Any other techniques that can perform downlink synchronization and determine beam quality are applicable to our solution.
  • the UE sends an identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam of the H unicast beams.
  • the UE may determine the unicast beam with the best quality, where the best quality unicast beam is referred to as the first single. Broadcast beam. The UE then sends the identity of the first unicast beam to the network device.
  • the network device sends unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the network device receives the identifier of the first unicast beam sent by the UE, and the network device may determine that the identifier of the first unicast beam is the best quality received by the UE among the H unicast beams.
  • the broadcast beam optionally, the identifier of the first unicast beam received by the network device is different from the identifier of the unicast beam currently used by the network device to communicate with the UE.
  • the network device sends the unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam according to the identifier of the first unicast beam, and the UE also receives the unicast information sent by the network device by using the first unicast beam.
  • a unicast beam that communicates with the UE is determined in the broadcast beam to implement tracking and measurement of the unicast beam when the UE is in the first coverage area.
  • the unicast beam mentioned in S505-S508 is a downlink unicast beam.
  • the steps of S505-S508 can be used to track and measure the uplink unicast beam, thereby determining the best quality uplink.
  • the unicast beam in turn, can determine the best quality unicast beam pair used for communication between the UE and the network device when the UE is in the first coverage area.
  • the network device when the UE is in the first coverage area, the network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE through multiple broadcast beams, and the UE determines the best quality broadcast beam from the network, and reports the broadcast beam to the network device.
  • the network device and the UE use the best quality broadcast beam for broadcast information transmission, thereby implementing broadcast beam tracking and measurement, and the network device sends synchronization signals and/or training pilots to the UE through multiple unicast beams, from which the UE The best quality unicast beam is determined and reported to the network device, so that the network device and the UE use the best quality unicast beam for unicast information transmission, thereby implementing unicast beam tracking and measurement.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the information transmission method of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13 , in the embodiment, the method in this embodiment may include:
  • the network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE by using H unicast beams, where H ⁇ 2.
  • the H unicast beams include a serving beam of the UE and N adjacent unicast beams, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the service beam of the UE belongs to a unicast beam.
  • the UE performs downlink synchronization according to the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot, and determines a quality of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the UE sends an identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the first unicast beam is the best unicast beam among the H unicast beams.
  • the network device sends unicast information and broadcast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the UE when the UE is in the second coverage area, the UE does not receive the broadcast information that the network device sends through the broadcast beam, and therefore the network device sends the broadcast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam;
  • the device sends the unicast information and the broadcast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam.
  • the network device sends the unicast information to the UE by using the first unicast beam at a certain time, and the network device passes the A unicast beam transmits broadcast information to the UE; or the network device transmits broadcast information and unicast information to the UE through the first unicast beam at the same time.
  • the unicast beam mentioned in S601-S604 is a downlink unicast beam.
  • the steps of S601-S604 can be used to track and measure the uplink unicast beam, thereby determining the best quality uplink.
  • the unicast beam in turn, can determine the best quality unicast beam pair used for communication between the UE and the network device when the UE is in the second coverage area.
  • the network device when the UE is in the second coverage area, the network device sends a synchronization signal and/or a training pilot to the UE through multiple unicast beams, and the UE determines the best-quality unicast beam and reports it to the network device. Therefore, the network device and the UE use the best quality unicast beam for unicast information transmission, thereby implementing unicast beam tracking and measurement.
  • the transmission of the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot occupies a partial OFDM symbol of one TTI, for example, one TTI is 14 OFDM symbols, and if the H unicast beams are 4 For the unicast beam, the transmission of the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot on the TTI only occupies the first four orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the network device may further send, to the UE, configuration information that the UE performs measurement on the H unicast beams before performing S505 or S601.
  • the configuration information includes the identifier and/or the sending time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the UE receives the configuration information that the UE sends the measurement of the H unicast beams.
  • the UE receives the synchronization signal and/or the training pilot through the unicast beam corresponding to each identifier in the transmission time of each unicast beam in the H unicast beams.
  • the UE in S507 or S603 sends the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, where the UE reports the identifier to the network device after determining the identifier of the first unicast beam.
  • the unicast beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device
  • the UE reports the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device.
  • the UE determines the identifier of the first unicast beam and the identifier.
  • the sending by the UE in S507 or S603, the identifier of the first unicast beam to the network device, including: the order of the UE according to quality from high to low, or the order from low to high And sending, to the network device, an identifier of the Y unicast beams, where Y is greater than or equal to 1, and is less than or equal to an integer of the N, that is, sending all or part of the H unicast beams to the network device.
  • the UE transmits the ranking information of the Y unicast beam qualities to the network device, where the ordering information is, for example, 21345, indicating that the UE sends the ranking information of five unicast beam qualities, where the quality The best unicast beam has an identifier of 2, the quality second unicast beam has an identifier of 1, and so on; or the UE sends 5 unicast beam quality ranking information, where the first unicast beam is The quality is ranked second, the quality of the second unicast beam is ranked first (ie the best), and so on.
  • the ordering information is, for example, 21345, indicating that the UE sends the ranking information of five unicast beam qualities, where the quality The best unicast beam has an identifier of 2, the quality second unicast beam has an identifier of 1, and so on; or the UE sends 5 unicast beam quality ranking information, where the first unicast beam is The quality is ranked second, the quality of the second unicast beam is ranked first (ie
  • the network device receives the identifier of the Y unicast beams transmitted by the UE according to the order of quality from high to low, or from low to high, or the network device receives the UE to send the Y singles Sorting information of the broadcast beam quality.
  • the network device uses the identifier of the first unicast beam as the identifier of the first unicast beam; when the UE is based on the quality
  • the low-to-high order sends the identifiers of the H unicast beams to the network device, and the network device uses the identifier of the Hth unicast beam as the identifier of the first unicast beam.
  • the network device may send the first signaling to the UE, where the first signaling includes an identifier of the second unicast beam.
  • the network device may send the first signaling to the UE according to the identifier of the first unicast beam.
  • the network device may send the first signaling to the UE according to the identifiers of the H unicast beams that are sent by the received UEs according to the order of quality from high to low, or from low to high.
  • the second unicast beam may be the same as the first unicast beam, or may be different from the first unicast beam, where The second unicast beam may be a unicast beam other than the first unicast beam of the H unicast beams, or the second unicast beam may be one of the H unicast beams.
  • Unicast beam the network device also switches the service beam of the UE to the second unicast beam.
  • the UE receives the first signaling sent by the network device, and the UE switches the service beam of the UE to the second according to the first signaling.
  • the first signaling may be dedicated signaling, such as physical layer or medium access control (English: Media Access Control, MAC) layer control signaling or radio resource control (English: Radio Resource Control, referred to as: RRC) message.
  • the UE determines that the UE is in the second coverage area, and further includes: the UE stops initiating a random access procedure to the network device or stops the ongoing randomization. Access process.
  • the UE in the second coverage area maintains uplink synchronization by uplink transmission, and if the UE in the second coverage area loses uplink synchronization, the UE enters a radio link failure state.
  • the network device determines PRACH configuration information that is sent by the network device through a broadcast beam after the UE is in the first coverage area; the UE receives PRACH configuration information that is sent by the network device through a broadcast beam, and then The UE sends a random access preamble to the network device by using an uplink beam and the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information, and the uplink beam is associated with the broadcast beam of the UE receiving the PRACH configuration information or the sending direction of the uplink beam.
  • the transmission direction of the broadcast beam used by the network device to transmit the PRACH configuration information is opposite.
  • the network device specifies the association relationship of the uplink and downlink beams or the protocol stipulates their association relationship, such as the uplink and downlink beams with the same agreed beam identification.
  • the random access preamble may be specified by the network device; after the network device receives the random access preamble sent by the UE over an uplink beam and on the time-frequency resource indicated by the PRACH configuration information, the network device sends the RAR to the UE.
  • the RAR message includes the identifier of the random access preamble and the uplink grant information, where the uplink grant information is used to authorize the uplink time-frequency resource and the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, optionally,
  • the RAR message may further include an identifier of the uplink beam, and may further include an uplink timing advance.
  • the uplink beam authorized by the uplink authorization information may be an uplink beam used by the UE to send a random access preamble.
  • the UE Receiving, by the UE, the RAR message sent by the network device, and determining whether the identifier of the random access preamble included in the RAR message is the same as the identifier of the random access preamble sent by the UE to the network device, If the identifier of the random access preamble included in the RAR message is the same as the identifier of the random access preamble sent by the UE to the network device, the uplink time-frequency resource authorized by the UE by the uplink beam authorized by the uplink authorization information in the uplink authorization information Sending a random access message 3 to the network device, where the random access message includes the identification information of the UE, to implement the unique identification of the UE, and the network device receives the uplink authorization information of the uplink beam authorized by the UE by using the uplink authorization information.
  • the random access message 3 sent on the authorized uplink time-frequency resource. If the identifier of the random access preamble included in the RAR message is different from the identifier of the random access preamble sent by the UE to the network device, the UE continues to send the random access preamble to the network device and continues to receive the RAR message sent by the network device. . In a random access procedure, after the number of times the UE sends the random access preamble exceeds the set number of times, it will enter the random access failure processing process.
  • the subframe position of the UE to send the random access message 3 may be determined by the UE sending the subframe of the random access preamble, for example, the subframe position of the UE sending the random access message 3 is randomly sent by the UE.
  • the subframe into the preamble is added with the first consecutive control subframe after 7 TTIs.
  • the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the uplink beam used by the UE to communicate with the network device, and the uplink authorization information is used to authorize the UE to communicate with the network device by using all uplink beams. Due to terminal mobility, it may be necessary to switch beams during random access.
  • the uplink grant information in the random access message 3 may not be limited to the uplink beam on which the terminal sends the random access preamble, and may be extended to: the uplink grant information in the random access message 3 is applicable to all uplink beams.
  • the network device For all the uplink beams, the network device needs to reserve radio time-frequency resources for all UEs on the uplink subframes of the control sub-frames of the uplink grant information, that is, to ensure that the reserved radio time-frequency resources are no longer allocated to other UEs. Be applicable. Similarly, the transmission of the dedicated random access preamble assigned to the terminal by the network device specifies both the applicable uplink beam and all uplink beams.
  • the base station or the terminal uses low-power, unicast beam transmission, and the transmission coverage of the data subframe may be greater than the transmission coverage of the control subframe.
  • the primary synchronization signal (English: Primary Synchronization Signal, PSS)/Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS) and the common reference signal (English: Common Reference Signal, CRS for short) are transmitted on the downlink control subframe.
  • system information (English: System Information, referred to as: SI)
  • RAR and other broadcast information
  • uplink control subframe transmission random access preamble English: Preamble.
  • network devices or UEs use high power, broadcast beams Transmit, usually with a small transmission coverage.
  • Each subframe is a TTI.
  • the transmission frequency bandwidth may be appropriately compressed, and may be concentrated in the intermediate frequency band as shown in FIG. 14, or may be dispersed to obtain the measurement frequency selection gain.
  • the retransmission timing relationship is performed according to the agreed hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ). If the subframe in which the HARQ retransmission of the uplink unicast data transmission is located is a control subframe, the UE needs to adopt the LTE protocol. The subframe in which the HARQ retransmission is located is the same as the measurement interval, that is, the current HARQ retransmission is skipped.
  • the network device when the UE and the network device need to perform cross-carrier scheduling, the network device sends a DCI to the UE in the first TTI of the scheduling cell, where the DCI indicates that the second cell is continuously K and the second. Radio resource allocation information in the TTI, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the UE receives the DCI sent by the network device in the first TTI of the scheduling cell.
  • the size of the first TTI is K times the size of the second TTI.
  • the size of the TTI in the LTE system of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) LTE system of the existing third generation mobile communication partner organization is 1 ms.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • TTI is less than 1ms.
  • the millimeter wave band carrier of the TTI of less than 1 ms is configured as a secondary carrier to the UE, and the primary carrier is a low frequency carrier using a TTI of 1 ms, and the cross carrier is used.
  • the primary carrier is a low frequency carrier using a TTI of 1 ms
  • the cross carrier is used.
  • How to perform cross-carrier scheduling on a millimeter-wave carrier of less than 1 ms by a carrier of 1 ms TTI during scheduling is urgently needed to be solved. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, if the first TTI is 1 ms and the second TTI is 0.1 ms, the radio resource allocation configuration information in 10 consecutive TTIs is scheduled in the TTI of 1 ms, thereby solving the above problem.
  • the radio resource allocation information is indicated according to a uniform number of PRBs in consecutive K second TTIs. That is, the subframes in consecutive K TTIs are divided into one group, and the frequency bandwidth of the millimeter wave cell is divided into Y equal parts (the band edges may not be used but not included in the Y equal division).
  • K ⁇ Y PRBs can be obtained, and then the K ⁇ Y PRBs are numbered. If K ⁇ Y is 100, the unified number of the 100 PRBs may be 0-99.
  • the foregoing DCI indicates radio resource allocation information in consecutive K second TTIs on the scheduled cell, that is, the DCI may include numbers 1, 3, 11, 13, ... 91, 93, and the DCI indicates scheduling in the K second TTIs. PRBs numbered 1, 3, 11, 13...91, 93.
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from morning to night; the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: frequency from high to low.
  • the size of the first TTI is the size of four second TTIs, K is 4, and Y is 7, the PRBs in the four second TTIs can be numbered.
  • the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the time domain is: time from early to late; the order of the unified numbers of the PRBs in the frequency domain is: the frequency is from low to high.
  • the size of the first TTI is the size of four second TTIs, K is 4, and Y is 7, the PRBs in the four second TTIs are numbered.
  • the method for uniformly allocating radio resources of multiple subframes of a millimeter wave cell and scheduling multiple millimeter wave subframes through a traditional downlink control information is also applicable to a millimeter wave self-scheduling scenario, and can also reduce downlink control.
  • Information overhead and power consumption of the UE are also applicable to a millimeter wave self-scheduling scenario, and can also reduce downlink control.
  • multiple TTI transmissions on the millimeter wave cell may be scheduled by one DCI of the LTE existing cell.
  • the PRB maximum number is greater than 100, a new DCI format needs to be introduced to support scheduling of a larger number of PRBs.
  • the scheduled PRB may belong to multiple second TTIs.
  • a transport block (English: Transport Block, TB for short) is transmitted only on all scheduled PRBs within one TTI.
  • a TB requires a HARQ feedback.
  • the LTE existing cell supports a maximum of one HARQ feedback for each of the scheduled cells, and the HARQ feedback can be similarly processed by using a cross-carrier to schedule multiple secondary cell SCells. If the TTI of the LTE legacy cell exceeds 4 times of its scheduled millimeter wave cell TTI, it is necessary to extend resources for HARQ feedback in the LTE legacy cell, or to expand the number of cells that can be scheduled across carriers.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information transmission system according to the present invention.
  • the system of the present embodiment includes: a UE 10 and a network device 20, where the UE 10 is in communication with the network device 20, wherein the UE 10 can adopt the following FIG. 3, the structure of any device embodiment, correspondingly, the technical solution executed by the UE in the foregoing method embodiments of the present invention may be performed, and the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein; the network device 20 may adopt The structure of any of the device embodiments of FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 is correspondingly configured to perform the technical solution executed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments of the present invention. The implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例提供一种信息传输方法、设备和系统，其中，该方法包括：UE确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，广播波束为网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，第二覆盖区为网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，单播波束为网络设备采用单播方式与UE进行通信的波束；UE根据UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息。从而实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区覆盖区时可以接收网络设备发送的广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。

Description

信息传输方法、设备和系统 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种信息传输方法、设备和系统。
背景技术
为了满足移动宽带对高速数据传输的需求，人们将目光投向了毫米波频段。当前，学术界将30GHz～100GHz的频段称作毫米波频段。由于毫米波频段具有很大的可用带宽，比如在60GHz频段范围内，各国无需许可就可免费使用的带宽大约为7GHz～9GHz；同时在毫米波频段可以较容易地实现定向传输，因此毫米波频段可以以极高的数据传输速率实现低干扰、高保密的通信。基站在毫米波频段可以使用广播波束或者单播波束与用户设备(英文：User Equipment，简称：UE)进行通信，其中，广播波束可以扫描到的区域称为广播覆盖区，单播波束扫描到的区域通常大于广播覆盖区，单播波束扫描到的区域与广播覆盖区之间的区域称为单播覆盖区。由于毫米波传输信号衰减得很快，因此基站向UE发送的广播信息不适合用全向天线进行传输，从而UE在上述广播覆盖区或者单播覆盖区时如何接收广播信息亟需解决。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种信息传输方法、设备和系统，用于实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区可以接收网络设备发送的广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种UE，包括：处理单元，用于确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进 行通信的波束；接收单元，用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理单元确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于，当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第一发送单元，用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理单元确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第一发送单元，用于在所述接收单元接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的 质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述第一发送单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
结合第一方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种或第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称：RSRP)或者参考信号接收质量(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Quality，简称：RSRQ)或者信道状态指示(英文：Channel State Indication，简称：CSI)，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
结合第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二发送单元；所述接收单元，还用于，当所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；所述处理单元，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；第二发送单元，用于向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述接收单元通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述接收单元用于通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理单元用于根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第一判断单元， 用于在所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；所述处理单元，还用于当所述第一判断单元判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，所述第二发送单元，具体用于当所述第一判断单元判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识。
结合第一方面的第九种至第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元，还用于在所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述处理单元，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；所述第二发送单元，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述接收单元还用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
结合第一方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二发送单元；所述接收单元还用于当所述处理单元确定处于第二覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述处理单元，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；所述第二发送单元用于，向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述接收单元还用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息；所述接收单元通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述接收单元用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
结合第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元进行下 行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理单元用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
结合第一方面的第十二种至第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二判断单元，用于判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；所述处理单元还用于当所述第二判断单元判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述第二发送单元，用于当所述第二判断单元判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
结合第一方面的第十二种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元，还用于在接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；所述接收单元接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，具体包括：所述接收单元用于，根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
结合第一方面的第十二种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
结合第一方面的第十二种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述第二发送单元用于根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，所述第二发送单元用于向所述网络设备发送备发送Y 个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
结合第一方面的第十二种至第十八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于在所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
结合第一方面的第一种至第十九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于在确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。
结合第一方面的第一种至第二十种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第三发送单元；所述接收单元，还用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道(英文：Physical Random Access Channel，简称：PRACH)配置信息；所述第三发送单元，用于通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导；所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；所述接收单元还用于接收所述网络设备发送的随机接入响应(英文：Random Access Response，简称：RAR)消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；所述第三发送单元，还用于通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
结合第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第二十二种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第一方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述接收单元还用于，当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔(英文：Transmission Time Interval，简称：TTI)发送的下行控制信息(英文：Downlink Control Information，简称：DCI)，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
结合第一方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
结合第一方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式中，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块(英文：Physical Resource Block，简称：PRB)的统一编号来指示。
结合第一方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二十六种可能的实现方式中，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种网络设备，包括：处理单元，用于确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；发送单元，用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理单元确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第一接收单元，用于在所述处理单元确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于当确定所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元，还用于在所述处理单元确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理单元确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
结合第二方面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第一接收单元，用于在所述处理单元确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接收单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
结合第二方面的第三种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者 RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
结合第二方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二接收单元；所述发送单元，还用于当所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；所述第二接收单元，用于接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述发送单元通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述发送单元用于通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元，还用于在所述第二接收单元接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述第二接收单元，还用于接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息。
结合第二方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第二接收单元；所述发送单元，用于当所述处理单元确定所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述第二接收单元，用于接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；所述发送单元通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述发送单元用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
结合第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述第一单播波束的 标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
结合第二方面的第十一种至第十三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元，还用于在通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
结合第二方面的第十一种至第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
结合第二方面的第十一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述第二接收单元接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述第二接收单元用于接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，所述第二接收单元用于接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
结合第二方面的第十一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元，还用于在所述第二接收单元接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；所述处理单元，还用于将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
结合第二方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，还包括：第三接收单元；所述发送单元，还用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；所述第三接收单元，用于接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；所述发送单元，还用于向所述UE发送RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权 信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；所述第三接收单元，还用于接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
结合第二方面的第十八种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种至第十九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第二方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述发送单元，还用于当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，在调度小区的第一TTI向所述UE发送DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
结合第二方面的第二十种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
结合第二方面的第二十种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
结合第二方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
第三方面，本发明实施例还提供一种UE，包括：处理器，用于确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；收发机，用于根据所述处理器确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机具体用于，当所述处理器确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理器确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器具体用于，当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理器确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于在所述处理器确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量， 具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
结合第三方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种或第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
结合第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；所述处理器，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；所述收发机，还用于向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述收发机通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
结合第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理器用于根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
结合第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于在所述收发机向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；当判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，所述收发机向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第二 广播波束的标识。
结合第三方面的第九种至第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述处理器，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；所述收发机，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
结合第三方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于当所述处理器确定处于第二覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述处理器，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；所述收发机还用于，向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息；所述收发机通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
结合第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理器用于根据所述收发机接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
结合第三方面的第十二种至第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；所述处理器还用于，当判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络 设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，所述收发机向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
结合第三方面的第十二种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；所述收发机接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，具体包括：所述收发机用于，根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
结合第三方面的第十二种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
结合第三方面的第十二种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，所述收发机用于向所述网络设备发送备发送Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
结合第三方面的第十二种至第十八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于在向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；所述处理器，还用于根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
结合第三方面的第一种至第十九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器还用于在确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，UE停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正 在进行的随机接入过程。
结合第三方面的第一种至第二十种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；所述收发机，还用于通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导；所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；所述收发机还用于接收所述网络设备发送的RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；以及通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
结合第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种至第二十二种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第三方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于，当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一TTI发送的DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
结合第三方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
结合第三方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式中，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
结合第三方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二十六种可能的实现方式中，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到 高。
第四方面，本发明实施例还提供一种网络设备，包括：处理器，用于确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；收发机，用于根据所述处理器确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机具体用于，当所述处理器确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理器确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器具体用于当确定所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理器确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE的服务波束为至 少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
结合第四方面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
结合第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
结合第四方面的第三种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
结合第四方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；以及接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述收发机通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
结合第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
结合第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；以及接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中 质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息。
结合第四方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；以及接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；所述收发机通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
结合第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述第一单播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
结合第四方面的第十一种至第十三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
结合第四方面的第十一种至第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
结合第四方面的第十一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，所述收发机用于接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
结合第四方面的第十一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于在所述收发机接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第 二单播波束作为服务波束；所述处理器，还用于将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
结合第四方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机还用于，在所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；以及接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；以及向所述UE发送RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；以及接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
结合第四方面的第十八种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种至第十九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第四方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述收发机，还用于当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，在调度小区的第一TTI向所述UE发送DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
结合第四方面的第二十种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
结合第四方面的第二十种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
结合第四方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到 高。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种信息传输方法，包括：UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，包括：当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述UE通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述UE通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，还包括：当所述UE确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，还包括：所述UE向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
结合第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，包括：当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
结合第五方面的第二种至第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种或第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
结合第五方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；所述UE向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述UE通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，包括：所述UE通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
结合第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，包括：所述UE根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
结合第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，还包括：所述UE判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；当所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，所述UE停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，当所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识。
结合第五方面的第九种至第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述UE通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
结合第五方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，当UE处于第二覆盖区时，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述UE通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息；所述UE通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，包括：所述UE通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
结合第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，包括：所述UE根据所述接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质 量。
结合第五方面的第十二种至第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，还包括：所述UE判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；当所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，所述UE停止向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，当所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
结合第五方面的第十二种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，包括：所述UE根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
结合第五方面的第十二种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
结合第五方面的第十二种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，包括：所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，所述UE向所述网络设备发送备发送Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
结合第五方面的第十二种至第十八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE 将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；所述UE根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
结合第五方面的第一种至第十九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，还包括：所述UE停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。
结合第五方面的第一种至第二十种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，还包括：所述UE接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
结合第五方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种至第二十二种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第五方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，还包括：当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，所述UE接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一TTI发送的DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
结合第五方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二十四种可能的实现方式中，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
结合第五方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第二十四种可 能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式中，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
结合第五方面的第二十五种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二十六种可能的实现方式中，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
第六方面，本发明实施例还提供一种信息传输方法，包括：网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；所述网络设备根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息，包括：当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，还包括：所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质 量最好的广播波束。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，还包括：当所述网络设备确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，所述网络设备向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
结合第六方面的第三种至第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，还包括：所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
结合第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量，包括：当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
结合第六方面的第三种至第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
结合第六方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，还包括：所述网络设备通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，包括：所述网络设备通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
结合第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
结合第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，还包括：所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息。
结合第六方面的第一种至第八种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，当所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，还包括：所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，包括：所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
结合第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述第一单播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
结合第六方面的第十一种至第十三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，还包括：所述网络设备向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
结合第六方面的第十一种至第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
结合第六方面的第十一种至第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在 第六方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，包括：所述网络设备接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
结合第六方面的第十一种至第十六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，还包括：所述网络设备向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；所述网络设备将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
结合第六方面的第一种至第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，还包括：所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；所述网络设备接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；所述网络设备向所述UE发送RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；所述网络设备接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
结合第六方面的第十八种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种至第十九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种，在第六方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，还包括：当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，所述网络设备在调度小区的第一TTI向所述 UE发送DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
结合第六方面的第二十种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
结合第六方面的第二十种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式中，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
结合第六方面的第二十二种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第二十三种可能的实现方式中，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
第七方面，本发明实施例提供一种信息传输系统，包括：上述第一方面本发明实施例提供的UE和上述第二方面本发明实施例提供的网络设备；或者，上述第三方面本发明实施例提供的UE和上述第四方面本发明实施例提供的网络设备；其中，所述UE与所述网络设备通信连接。
本发明实施例提供的信息传输方法、设备和系统，通过UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，从而实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区覆盖区时可以接收网络设备发送的广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本发明UE实施例一的结构示意图；
图2为本发明UE实施例二的结构示意图；
图3为本发明UE实施例三的结构示意图；
图4为本发明网络设备实施例一的结构示意图；
图5为本发明网络设备实施例二的结构示意图；
图6为本发明网络设备实施例三的结构示意图；
图7为本发明信息传输方法实施例一的流程图；
图8为本发明实施例提供的第一覆盖区与第二覆盖区的一种示意图；
图9为本发明信息传输方法实施例二的流程图；
图10为本发明信息传输方法实施例三的流程图；
图11为本发明信息传输方法实施例四的流程图；
图12为本发明信息传输方法实施例五的流程图；
图13为本发明信息传输方法实施例六的流程图；
图14为本发明实施例提供的子帧传输的一种示意图；
图15为本发明实施例提供的PRB的统一编号的第一种示意图；
图16为本发明实施例提供的PRB的统一编号的第二种示意图；
图17为本发明信息传输系统实施例的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的技术方案，主要应用于毫米波频段。
本发明的网络设备，可以是GSM系统、GPRS系统或CDMA系统中的基站控制器(英文：Base Station Controller，简称：BSC)，还可以是CDMA2000系统或WCDMA系统中的无线网络控制器(英文：Radio Network Controller，简称：RNC)或者基站(NodeB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(英文：Evolved NodeB，简称：eNB)，还可以是WiMAX网络中的接入服务网络的基站(英文：Access Service Network Base Station，简称：ASN BS)等网元。也可以是本发明专用的单独设置的一个设备。
图1为本发明UE实施例一的结构示意图，如图1所示，本实施例的UE可以包括：处理单元11和接收单元12；其中，处理单元11，用于确定所述 UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；接收单元12，用于根据处理单元11确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
可选地，接收单元12具体用于，当处理单元11确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，当处理单元11确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
本实施例的UE，可以用于执行下述各方法实施例中UE所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图2为本发明UE实施例二的结构示意图，如图2所示，本实施例的UE在图1所示UE结构的基础上，可选地，处理单元11具体用于，当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
可选地，本实施例的UE还可以包括：第一发送单元13。
在一种可行的实现方式中，第一发送单元13，用于在处理单元11确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当处理单元11确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。可选地，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
可选地，接收单元12还用于在处理单元11确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
在另一种可行的实现方式中，第一发送单元13，用于在接收单元12接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。可选地，第一发送单元13具体用于，当处理单元11确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当处理单元11确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
可选地，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
可选地，本实施例的UE还可以包括第二发送单元14。
在一种可行的实现方式中，接收单元12，还用于，当处理单元11确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；处理单元11，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；第二发送单元14，用于向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；接收单元12通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：接收单元12用于通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
可选地，处理单元11进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，具体包括：处理单元11用于根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
可选地，本实施例的UE还可以包括：第一判断单元15，该第一判断单元15，用于在第二发送单元14向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；处理单元11，还用于当第一判断单元15判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，第二发送单元15，具体用于当第一判断单元15判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识。
可选地，接收单元12，还用于在第二发送单元14向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；处理单元11，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；第二发送单元14，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；接收单元12还用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
在另一种可行的实现方式中，接收单元12还用于当处理单元11确定处于第二覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；处理单元11还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；第二发送单元14用于，向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；接收单元12还用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息；接收单元12通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：接收单元12用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
可选地，处理单元11进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，具体包括：处理单元11用于根据接收单元12接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
可选地，本实施例的UE还可以包括：第二判断单元16；用于判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；处理单元11还用于当第二判断单元16判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，第二发送单元14向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，包括：第二发送单元14，用于当第二判断单元16判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
可选地，接收单元12，还用于在接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发 送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；接收单元12，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，包括：接收单元12用于，根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
可选地，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
可选地，第二发送单元14向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，包括：第二发送单元14用于根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，第二发送单元14用于向所述网络设备发送备发送Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
可选地，接收单元12还用于在第二发送单元14向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；处理单元11，还用于根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
可选地，处理单元11还用于在确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。
可选地，本实施例的UE还可以包括：第三发送单元17。其中，接收单元12，还用于在处理单元11确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；第三发送单元17，用于通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；接收单元12还用于接收所述网络设备发送的RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；第三发送单元17，还用于通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资 源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
可选地，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
可选地，接收单元12还用于，当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一TTI发送的DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
可选地，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
可选地，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
可选地，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
本实施例的UE，可以用于执行下述各方法实施例中UE所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
在硬件实现上，以上接收单元12可以为接收机或收发机，以上第一发送单元13、第二发送单元14、第三发送单元17可以为发射机或收发机，且该接收单元12和第一发送单元13、第二发送单元14、第三发送单元17可以集成在一起构成收发单元，对应于硬件实现为收发机。以上处理单元11、第一判断单元15、第二判断单元16可以以硬件形式内嵌于或独立于UE的处理器中，也可以以软件形式存储于UE的存储器中，以便于处理器调用执行以上各个单元对应的操作。该处理器可以为中央处理单元(英文：Central ProcessingUnit，简称：CPU)、微处理器、单片机等。请参考图3，图3为本发明UE实施例三的结构示意图，如图3所示，本实施例的UE包括收发机21、处理器22。当然，UE还可以包括天线、基带处理部件、中射频处理部件、输入输出装置等通用部件，本发明实施例在此不再任何限制。收发机21和处理器22可以用于执行本发明下述方法实施例中UE所执行的操作。可选地，UE还可以包括：存储器23，其中，存储器23中存储一组程序代码，且处理器22用于调用存储器23中存储的程序代码，用于执行本发明下述方法实施例 中UE所执行的操作。
需要说明的是，图3所示的UE可以用于执行本发明下述方法实施例中UE所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图4为本发明网络设备实施例一的结构示意图，如图4所示，本实施例的网络设备可以包括：处理单元31和发送单元32；其中，处理单元31，用于确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；发送单元32，用于根据处理单元31确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
可选地，发送单元32具体用于，当处理单元31确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，当处理单元31确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
本实施例的网络设备，可以用于执行本发明下述各方法实施例中网络设备所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图5为本发明网络设备实施例二的结构示意图，如图5所示，本实施例的网络设备在图4所示网络设备结构的基础上，可选地，还可以包括：第一接收单元33。
在一种可行的实现的方式中，第一接收单元33，用于在处理单元31确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
可选地，处理单元31具体用于当确定所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
在另一种可行的实现方式中，发送单元32，还用于在处理单元31确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当处理单元31确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
可选地，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
可选地，第一接收单元33，用于在处理单元31确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
可选地，第一接收单元33具体用于，当处理单元31确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当处理单元31确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
可选地，所述波束的质量为所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
可选地，本实施例的网络设备还可以包括：第二接收单元34。
在一种可行的实现方式中，发送单元32，还用于当处理单元31确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；第二接收单元34，用于接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；发送单元32通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：发送单元32用于通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
可选地，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
可选地，发送单元32，还用于在第二接收单元34接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；第二接收单元34，还用于接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；发送单元32，还用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述 UE发送单播信息。
在另一种可行的实现方式中，发送单元32，用于当处理单元31确定所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；第二接收单元34，用于接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；发送单元32，还用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；发送单元32通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：发送单元32用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
可选地，所述第一单播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
可选地，发送单元32，还用于在通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
可选地，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
可选地，第二接收单元34接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：第二接收单元34用于接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，第二接收单元34用于接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
可选地，发送单元32，还用于在第二接收单元34接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；处理单元31，还用于将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
可选地，本实施例的网络设备还可以包括：第三接收单元35。发送单元32，还用于在处理单元31确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；第三接收单元35，用于接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接 入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；发送单元32，还用于向所述UE发送RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；第三接收单元35，还用于接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
可选地，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
可选地，发送单元32，还用于当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，在调度小区的第一TTI向所述UE发送DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
可选地，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
可选地，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。
可选地，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
本实施例的网络设备，可以用于执行下述各方法实施例中网络设备所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
在硬件实现上，以上发送单元32可以为发射机或收发机，以上第一接收单元33、第二接收单元34、第三接收单元35可以为接收机或收发机，且该发送单元32和第一接收单元33、第二接收单元34、第三接收单元35可以集成在一起构成收发单元，对应于硬件实现为收发机。以上处理单元31可以以硬件形式内嵌于或独立于网络设备的处理器中，也可以以软件形式存储于网络设备的存储器中，以便于处理器调用执行以上各个单元对应的操作。该处理器可以为CPU、微处理器、单片机等。请参考图6，图6为本发明网络设备实施例三的结构示意图，如图6所示，本实施例的网络设备包括收发机41、处理器42。当然，网络设备还可以包括天线、基带处理部件、中射频处理部 件、输入输出装置等通用部件，本发明实施例在此不再任何限制。收发机41和处理器42可以用于执行本发明下述方法实施例中网络设备所执行的操作。可选地，网络设备还可以包括：存储器43，其中，存储器43中存储一组程序代码，且处理器42用于调用存储器43中存储的程序代码，用于执行本发明下述方法实施例中网络设备所执行的操作。
需要说明的是，图6所示的网络设备可以用于执行本发明下述方法实施例中网络设备所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图7为本发明信息传输方法实施例一的流程图，如图7所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S101、UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区。
本实施例中，UE可以确定该UE所在覆盖区为第一覆盖区或是第二覆盖区，其中，覆盖区是为UE服务的网络设备在当前服务小区能够给UE提供服务的区域，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所能覆盖的区域，即网络设备发送的广播波束扫描一周所能覆盖的区域，或者，网络设备发送的所有广播波束所能覆盖的区域；也就是为UE服务的网络设备能给UE提供广播服务的区域；如图8所示的小圆圈的区域表示第一覆盖区，该广播波束为网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，广播方式表示网络设备发送的同一信号能够被多个UE接收，也就是广播方式就是不指定特定接收UE的传输方式，信息的目标对象是广播覆盖区内的所有UE。第二覆盖区为网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，其中，单播波束所覆盖的区域即网络设备发送的单播波束扫描一周所能覆盖区的区域，或者，网络设备发送的所有单播波束所能覆盖的区域；参见图8所示的大圆圈的区域，第二覆盖区为单播波束所覆盖的区域与第一覆盖区之差的区域，如图8所示的大圆圈的区域中除小圆圈的区域之外的区域，单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束，单播方式表示网络设备发送的一个信号被一个UE接收，也就是单播方式就是指定了特定接收UE的传输方式，信息的目标对象是指定的UE。
可选地，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：当所述UE的 服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。第一覆盖区相对于第二覆盖区而言，离网络设备更近，因此服务波束或第一广播波束的质量越好，表示UE处于第一覆盖区，而服务波束或第一广播波束的质量越差，表示UE处理第二覆盖区。如果服务波束的质量差到网络设备已经不再适合通过当前小区给UE提供服务，则网络设备将触发切换过程将UE切换到另一个小区。波束的质量由所述波束的RSRP或者RSRQ或者CSI，或其它无线信号强度或信噪比相关的参数表征。
S102、所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
本实施例中，当UE确定该UE处于第一覆盖区时，网络设备可以通过广播波束向该广播波束能覆盖的区域内的所有UE发送广播信息，UE可以通过广播波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息，从而实现UE在第一覆盖区可以接收到网络设备发送的广播信息。该广播波束的发散角度可以大于预设角度，例如也可以将广播波束称为宽波束。
本实施例中，当UE确定该UE处于第二覆盖区时，UE接收不到网络设备通过广播波束发送的广播信息，因此，为了使UE可以接收到广播信息以保证该UE与该网络设备之间的正常通信，网络设备可以通过单播波束向该UE发送广播信息，UE通过单播波束接收广播信息，从而实现了UE在第二覆盖区可以接收到网络设备发送的广播信息，也保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。该单播波束的发散角度不大于该广播波束的发散角度，如该单播波束的发散角度可以小于或等于上述的预设角度，在同一发射功率的情况下，单播波束的传输距离大于广播波束的传输距离，例如也可以将单播波束称为窄波束。
本实施例，通过UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，从而实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区覆盖区时可以接收网络设备发送的广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
图9为本发明信息传输方法实施例二的流程图，如图9所示，本实施例 的方法可以包括：
S201、网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区。
本实施例中，网络设备可以确定该UE所在覆盖区为第一覆盖区或是第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束。其中，对覆盖区、第一覆盖区、第二覆盖区、广播方式、单播方式的详细说明可以参见本发明方法实施例一中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
可选地，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述质量最好广播波束为所述UE接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
可选地，该网络设备确定该UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：该网络设备根据UE反馈的波束质量报告，或信道探测参考信号(英文：Sounding Reference Signal，简称：SRS)或UE发送的其它上行信号的接收情况来确定UE所在覆盖区的类型。
S202、所述网络设备根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，当网络设备确定该UE处于第一覆盖区时，网络设备可以通过广播波束向该广播波束能覆盖的区域内的所有UE发送广播信息，相应地，该UE可以通过该广播波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息，从而实现UE在第一覆盖区时网络设备可以向该UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，当网络设备确定该UE处于第二覆盖区时，UE接收不到网络设备通过广播波束发送的广播信息，因此，为了使UE可以接收到广播信息以保证该UE与该网络设备之间的正常通信，网络设备可以通过单播波束 向该UE发送广播信息，该UE通过单播波束接收广播信息，该单播波束的发散角度不大于该广播波束的发散角度，从而实现了UE在第二覆盖区时网络设备可以向该UE发送广播信息，也保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
需要说明的是，当网络设备确定UE处于第二覆盖区时，网络设备既可以通过该单播波束向该UE发送广播信息，也可以通过该广播波束向其它UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送广播信息；或者，当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送广播信息，从而实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区覆盖区时网络设备可以向UE发送广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
图10为本发明信息传输方法实施例三的流程图，如图10所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S301、UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型。
本实施例中，UE可以确定UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量是否小于预设门限，其中，第一广播波束为UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。当UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，该UE确定该UE处于第二覆盖区；当UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量不小于该预设门限时，该UE确定该UE处于第一覆盖区。该预设门限可以是该网络设备向该UE配置的。
其中，有关第一覆盖区、第二覆盖区的详细说明可以参见本发明方法实施例一中的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
可选地，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
S302、当所述UE确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示该UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或该UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
本实施例中，若UE之前确定该UE处于第一覆盖区，而UE当前确定该 UE处于第二覆盖区，则该UE确定该UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变，该UE向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第二覆盖区或该UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变，即从第一覆盖区改变至第二覆盖区；若UE之前确定该UE处于第二覆盖区，而由于移动UE当前确定该UE处于第一覆盖区，则该UE确定该UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变，该UE向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第一覆盖区或该UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变，即从第二覆盖区改变至第一覆盖区。
S303、所述网络设备根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型。
本实施例中，该网络设备接收该UE发送的第一指示信息，当第一指示信息指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第一覆盖区或UE所在覆盖区的类型从第二覆盖区改变到第一覆盖区时，该网络设备确定该UE处于第一覆盖区；当第一指示信息指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第二覆盖区或UE所在覆盖区的类型从第一覆盖区改变到第二覆盖区时，该网络设备确定该UE处于第二覆盖区。在执行S303之后，本实施例的网络设备根据第一指示信息，执行S304或者S305。
S304、当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，当网络设备确定UE所处覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区时，网络设备通过广播波束向UE发送广播信息，相应地，UE通过广播波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息。从而实现UE在第一覆盖区可以接收到网络设备发送的广播信息。
S305、当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，当网络设备确定UE所处覆盖区的类型为第二覆盖区时，网络设备通过单播波束向UE发送广播信息，相应地，UE通过单播波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息。从而实现了UE在第二覆盖区可以接收到网络设备发送的广播信息。
本实施例，通过UE确定该UE所处覆盖区的类型，当该覆盖区的类型发 生变化时，该UE向网络设备通知该UE所处覆盖区的类型，然后网络设备根据该UE处于第一覆盖区，通过广播波束向UE发送广播信息，或者，网络设备根据该UE处于第二覆盖区，通过单播波束向UE发送广播信息。从而实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区覆盖区时网络设备可以向UE发送广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
图11为本发明信息传输方法实施例四的流程图，如图11所示，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S401、所述UE向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量。
其中，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
S402、所述网络设备根据所述服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，确定UE所在覆盖区的类型。
本实施例中，网络设备可以接收UE发送的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量。然后确定该服务波束或该第一广播波束的质量是否小于预设门限。当该UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，网络设备确定该UE处于所述第二覆盖区；当UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量不小于预设门限时，网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
可选地，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
在一种可行的实现方式中，S401中UE向网络设备发送的服务波束的质量为该UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量。
在另一种可行的实现方式中，S401中UE向网络设备发送的服务波束的质量为该UE的所有服务波束的质量。相应地，S402中，网络设备从该UE的所有服务波束选择质量最好的服务波束的质量，然后再确定UE所处覆盖区的类型。
S403、当所述网络设备确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，所述网络设备向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或该UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
本实施例中，若网络设备之前确定该UE处于第一覆盖区，而UE当前确定该UE处于第二覆盖区，则该网络设备确定该UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变，该网络设备向UE发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第二覆盖区或该UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变，即从第一覆盖区改变至第二覆盖区；若网络设备之前确定该UE处于第二覆盖区，而网络设备当前确定该UE处于第一覆盖区，则该网络设备确定该UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变，该网络设备向该UE发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第一覆盖区或该UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变，即从第二覆盖区改变至第一覆盖区。
S404、所述UE根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型。
本实施例中，该UE接收该网络设备发送的第二指示信息，当第二指示信息指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第一覆盖区或UE所在覆盖区的类型从第二覆盖区改变到第一覆盖区时，该UE确定该UE处于第一覆盖区；当第一指示信息指示该UE当前所在覆盖区为第二覆盖区或UE所在覆盖区的类型从第一覆盖区改变到第二覆盖区时，该UE确定该UE处于第二覆盖区。在执行S404之后，本实施例的网络设备可以执行S405或者S406。
S405、当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，当网络设备确定UE所处覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区时，网络设备通过广播波束向UE发送广播信息，相应地，UE通过广播波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息。从而实现UE在第一覆盖区可以接收到网络设备发送的广播信息。
S406、所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，当网络设备确定UE所处覆盖区的类型为第二覆盖区时，网络设备通过单播波束向UE发送广播信息，相应地，UE通过单播波束接收网络设备发送的广播信息。从而实现了UE在第二覆盖区可以接收到网络设备发送的广播信息。
可选地，上述的S401具体可以为：当UE确定该UE当前处于第一覆盖 区时，该UE向该网络设备发送该第一广播波束的质量；即在执行上述S401之前UE接收到网络设备发送的指示UE处于第一覆盖区的指示信息，UE根据该指示信息确定该UE当前处于第一覆盖区，然后该UE向网络设备发送该第一广播波束的质量，该网络设备接收该UE发送的该第一广播波束的质量。或者，当UE确定该UE当前处于第二覆盖区时，该UE向该网络设备发送该服务波束的质量；即在执行上述S401之前UE接收到网络设备发送的指示UE处于第二覆盖区的指示信息，UE根据该指示信息确定该UE当前处于第二覆盖区，然后该UE向网络设备发送该服务波束的质量，该网络设备接收该UE发送的该服务波束的质量。
本实施例，通过UE向网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量；网络设备根据服务波束或第一广播波束的质量确定该UE所处覆盖区的类型，当该覆盖区的类型发生变化时，该网络设备向UE通知该UE所处覆盖区的类型，然后网络设备根据该UE处于第一覆盖区，通过广播波束向UE发送广播信息，或者，网络设备根据该UE处于第二覆盖区，通过单播波束向UE发送广播信息。从而实现UE在上述不同的覆盖区覆盖区时网络设备可以向UE发送广播信息，进而保证了UE与网络设备之间的正常通信。
在上述方法实施例三或四的基础上，可选地，所述波束的质量由所述波束的参考信号接收功率(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称：RSRP)或者参考信号接收质量(英文：Reference Signal Receiving Quality，简称：RSRQ)或者信道状态指示(英文：Channel State Indication，简称：CSI)，或则其它无线信号的强度或信噪比相关的参数表征。所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
图12为本发明信息传输方法实施例五的流程图，如图12所示，本实施例在本发明方法实施例一至四任一实施例的基础上，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S501、当UE处于第一覆盖区时，网络设备通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，M≥2。
本实施例中，当UE处于第一覆盖区时，网络设备可以通过M个广播波束向UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数。
S502、所述UE根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以 及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。需要说明的是：我们并不限定UE只根据同步信号和/或训练导频进行下行同步和确定波束质量，其它任何可以进行下行同步和确定波束质量的技术都适用于我们的方案。
本实施例中，UE可以通过M个广播波束接收网络设备发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，然后UE可以根据通过M个广播波束中各个广播波束接收的该同步信号和/或训练导频，与各个广播波束进行下行同步，并且还可以确定该M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
S503、所述UE向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
本实施例中，UE在确定该M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量后，可以从中确定质量最好的广播波束，此处将该质量最好的广播波束称为第二广播波束。然后UE向该网络设备发送该第二广播波束的标识。
可选地，UE在确定第二广播波束的标识后均将该标识上报给该网络设备。
可选地，在第二广播波束与UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，该UE将该第二广播波束的标识上报给该网络设备。具体地，UE在确定第二广播波束的标识后，该UE判断该第二广播波束的标识与该UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；当该第二广播波束的标识与该UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，则UE停止向该网络设备发送该第二广播波束的标识，即UE不向该网络设备发送该第二广播波束的标识；当该第二广播波束的标识与该UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，该UE向该网络设备发送该第二广播波束的标识。
S504、所述网络设备通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
本实施例中，该网络设备接收该UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，该网络设备可以确定该第二广播波束的标识为上述M个广播波束中UE接收的质量最好的广播波束；可选地，该网络设备接收的第二广播波束的标识与该网络设备当前向该UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。然后，网络设备根据该第二广播波束的标识，通过该第二广播波束向该UE发送广播信息，UE也通过该第二广播波束接收该网络设备发送的广播信息。从而实现从多个广播波束中确定一个与该UE进行通信的广播波束，实现UE处于第一 覆盖区时广播波束的。
可选地，本实施例的方法还可以包括：
S505、所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，H≥2。
本实施例中，在该网络设备接收到该UE发送的第一广播波束的标识之后，该网络设备可以通过H个单播波束向该UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数。可选地，该H个单播波束从网络设备发出时的发散方位角在该第一广播波束从网络设备发出时的发散方位角的范围内。可选地，该H个单播波束包括该UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，N为大于或等于1的整数。UE的服务波束属于单播波束。
S506、所述UE根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
本实施例中，UE可以通过H个单播波束接收网络设备发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，然后UE可以根据通过H个单播波束中各个单播波束接收的该同步信号和/或训练导频，与各个单播波束进行下行同步，并且还可以确定该H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。需要说明的是：我们并不限定UE只根据同步信号和/或训练导频进行下行同步和确定波束质量，其它任何可以进行下行同步和确定波束质量的技术都适用于我们的方案。
S507、所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束。
本实施例中，UE在确定该H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量后，可以从中确定质量最好的单播波束，此处将该质量最好的单播波束称为第一单播波束。然后UE向该网络设备发送该第一单播波束的标识。
S508、所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息。
本实施例中，该网络设备接收该UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，该网络设备可以确定该第一单播波束的标识为上述H个单播波束中UE接收的质量最好的单播波束；可选地，该网络设备接收的第一单播波束的标识与该网络设备当前与该UE通信使用的单播波束的标识不相同。然后，网络设备根据该第一单播波束的标识，通过该第一单播波束向该UE发送单播信息，UE也通过该第一单播波束接收该网络设备发送的单播信息。从而实现从多个单 播波束中确定一个与该UE进行通信的单播波束，实现UE处于第一覆盖区时单播波束的跟踪与测量。
需要说明的是，S505-S508中所提及的单播波束为下行单播波束，相应地，采用类似S505-S508的步骤可以进行上行单播波束的跟踪与测量，从而确定质量最好的上行单播波束，进而可以在UE处于第一覆盖区时确定UE与网络设备之间通信所使用的质量最好的单播波束对。
本实施例，当UE在第一覆盖区时，由网络设备向通过多个广播波束向UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，UE从中确定质量最好的广播波束并上报给网络设备，从而网络设备与UE使用该质量最好的广播波束进行广播信息传输，从而实现了的广播波束跟踪与测量，以及网络设备通过多个单播波束向UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，UE从中确定质量最好的单播波束并上报给网络设备，从而网络设备与UE使用该质量最好的单播波束进行单播信息传输，从而实现了单播波束跟踪与测量。
图13为本发明信息传输方法实施例六的流程图，如图13所示，本实施例在本发明方法实施例一至五任一实施例的基础上，本实施例的方法可以包括：
S601、当UE处于第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，H≥2。
当UE处于第二覆盖区时，UE接收不到网络设备发送的广播波束，因此本实施例对单播波束进行说明。可选地，该H个单播波束包括该UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，N为大于或等于1的整数。UE的服务波束属于单播波束。
S602、所述UE根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
S603、所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束。
S604、所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息和广播信息。
S601-S604的具体实现过程可以参见本发明方法实施例五中S505-S508的相关记载，此处不再赘述。
需要说明的是，当UE处于第二覆盖区时，UE接收不到网络设备通过广播波束发送的广播信息，因此网络设备通过第一单播波束向UE发送广播信息；S604中指的“所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息和广播信息”表示：网络设备在某一时间通过第一单播波束向UE发送单播信息，网络设备在另一时间通过第一单播波束向UE发送广播信息；或者，网络设备在同一时间通过第一单播波束向UE发送广播信息和单播信息。
需要说明的是，S601-S604中所提及的单播波束为下行单播波束，相应地，采用类似S601-S604的步骤可以进行上行单播波束的跟踪与测量，从而确定质量最好的上行单播波束，进而可以在UE处于第二覆盖区时确定UE与网络设备之间通信所使用的质量最好的单播波束对。
本实施例，当UE在第二覆盖区时，由网络设备通过多个单播波束向UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，UE从中确定质量最好的单播波束并上报给网络设备，从而网络设备与UE使用该质量最好的单播波束进行单播信息传输，从而实现了单播波束跟踪与测量。
可选地，本发明方法实施例五或六中，同步信号和/或训练导频的传输占用一个TTI的部分OFDM符号，比如，一个TTI宽14个OFDM符号，若H个单播波束为4个单播波束，则该同步信号和/或训练导频在该TTI上的传输只占开头4个正交频分复用技术(英文：Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，简称：OFDM)符号。这样，对传输同步信号和/或训练导频的TTI，UE接收数据时需要排除开头4个OFDM符号或排除开头4个OFDM符号中同步信号和/或训练导频所占的资源位置。
在本发明方法实施例五或六的基础上，可选地，网络设备在执行S505或者S601之前，还可以向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间，相应地，UE会接收网络设备发送的该UE对该H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息。然后UE根据该配置信息，在该H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各标识对应的单播波束接收同步信号和/或训练导频。
可选地，S507或S603中的所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，具体为：UE在确定第一单播波束的标识后均将该标识上报给该网络设备。或者，在第一单播波束与UE当前与网络设备通信使用的单播波束的标 识不相同时，该UE将该第一单播波束的标识上报给该网络设备；具体地，UE在确定第一单播波束的标识后，该UE判断该第一单播波束的标识与该UE当前与该网络设备通信使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；当该第一单播波束的标识与该UE当前与该网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，则UE停止向该网络设备发送该第一单播波束的标识，即UE不向该网络设备发送该第一单播波束的标识；当该第一单播波束的标识与该UE当前与该网络设备通信使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，该UE向该网络设备发送该第一单播波束的标识。
可选地，S507或S603中的所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，包括：所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个单播波束的标识，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述N的整数，即向网络设备发送H个单播波束的全部或部分单播波束的标识；或者所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述Y个单播波束质量的排序信息，该排序信息例如为21345，表示UE发送了5个单播波束质量的排序信息，其中质量最好的单播波束的标识为2，质量第二的单播波束的标识为1，以此类推；或者表示UE发送了5个单播波束质量的排序信息，其中第一个单播波束的质量排序为第2位，第二个单播波束的质量排序为第1位(即质量最好)，以此类推。相应地，网络设备接收UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识，或者所述网络设备接收所述UE发送所述Y个单播波束质量的排序信息。例如：当UE根据质量从高到低的顺序向网络设备发送H个单播波束的标识时，网络设备将第一个单播波束的标识作为第一单播波束的标识；当UE根据质量从低到高的顺序向网络设备发送H个单播波束的标识，网络设备将第H个单播波束的标识作为第一单播波束的标识。
可选地，在网络设备接收到UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，该网络设备可以向UE发送第一信令，该第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识。例如：网络设备可以根据第一单播波束的标识向该UE发送第一信令。或者，网络设备可以根据接收的UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的所述H个单播波束的标识，向UE发送第一信令。该第二单播波束可以与第一单播波束相同，也可以是与第一单播波束不相同，其中，该 第二单播波束可以是这H个单播波束中除第一单播波束之外的一个单播波束，或者，该第二单播波束也可以是除这H个单播波束之外的一个单播波束。并且，网络设备还将UE的服务波束切换为该第二单播波束。相应地，UE在向网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识后，接收该网络设备发送的该第一信令，该UE根据该第一信令，将该UE的服务波束切换为该第二单播波束。可选地，该第一信令可以是专用信令，比如物理层或介质访问控制(英文：Media Access Control，简称：MAC)层控制信令或无线资源控制(英文：Radio Resource Control，简称：RRC)消息。
在本发明上述各方法实施例的基础上，可选地，该UE确定该UE处于该第二覆盖区之后，还包括：该UE停止向该网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。处于第二覆盖区的UE通过上行传输维持上行同步，如果处于第二覆盖区的UE失去上行同步，则UE进入无线链路失败状态。
可选地，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，该网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息；UE接收该网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的PRACH配置信息，然后UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向该网络设备发送随机接入前导，该上行波束与UE接收PRACH配置信息的广播波束存在关联关系或该上行波束的发送方向与网络设备发送PRACH配置信息所使用的广播波束的发送方向相反。网络设备指定上下行波束的关联关系或协议约定它们的关联关系，比如约定波束标识相同的上下行波束相关联。该随机接入前导可以是网络设备所指定的；网络设备接收UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导后，该网络设备向该UE发送RAR消息，该RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束，可选地，该RAR消息还可以包括所述上行波束的标识，还可以包括上行定时提前量。其中，该上行授权信息授权的上行波束可以是UE发送随机接入前导使用的上行波束。
UE接收网络设备发送的RAR消息，还可以确定该RAR消息中包括的随机接入前导的标识与UE向网络设备发送的随机接入前导的标识是否相同， 若该RAR消息中包括的随机接入前导的标识与UE向网络设备发送的随机接入前导的标识相同时，UE通过该上行授权信息授权的上行波束在该上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向该网络设备发送随机接入消息3，该随机接入消息包括该UE的标识信息，以实现唯一识别该UE；网络设备接收该UE通过该上行授权信息授权的上行波束在该上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的该随机接入消息3。若该RAR消息中包括的随机接入前导的标识与UE向网络设备发送的随机接入前导的标识不相同时，则UE继续向网络设备发送随机接入前导并继续接收网络设备发送的RAR消息。在一次随机接入过程中，UE发送随机接入前导的次数超过设定次数后会进入随机接入失败处理过程。
可选地，为了UE省电，UE发送随机接入消息3的子帧位置可以通过UE发送随机接入前导的子帧确定，比如UE发送随机接入消息3的子帧位置为UE发送随机接入前导的子帧加7个TTI之后的连续第一个控制子帧。
可选地，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。由于终端移动，随机接入过程中可能需要切换波束。为了解决这个问题，随机接入消息3中的上行授权信息可以不限定在终端发送随机接入前导的上行波束上，可以扩展为：随机接入消息3中的上行授权信息适用于所有上行波束。对适用于所有上行波束的情况，网络设备需要在上行授权信息对应控制子帧的所有上行波束上为UE预留无线时频资源，即确保不再分配这些预留无线时频资源给别的UE适用。类似地，对网络设备指定给终端的专用随机接入前导的传输，既指定适用的上行波束，也可适用于所有上行波束。
可选地，在上下行数据子帧，基站或终端使用低功率、单播波束发射，数据子帧的传输覆盖可以大于控制子帧的传输覆盖。在下行控制子帧上传输主同步信号(英文：Primary Synchronization Signal，简称：PSS)/辅助同步信号(英文：Secondary Synchronization Signal，简称：SSS)、公共参考信号(英文：Common Reference Signal，简称：CRS)、系统信息(英文：System Information，简称：SI)、RAR等广播信息，上行控制子帧传输随机接入前导(英文：Preamble)。在控制子帧，网络设备或UE使用高功率、广播波束 发射，通常传输覆盖较小。每个子帧为一个TTI。为了避免下行控制子帧功率过大，可以适当压缩发射频率带宽，既可以如图14所示集中在中间频带，也可以分散以获取测量频选增益。按照约定的混合自动重传请求(英文：Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，简称：HARQ)重传时序关系，如果上行单播数据传输的HARQ重传所在子帧为控制子帧，则UE需要采用LTE协议中HARQ重传所在子帧为测量间隔一样的处理，即跳过本次HARQ重传。
在本发明方法实施例七中，当该UE与该网络设备需要跨载波调度时，该网络设备在调度小区的第一TTI向该UE发送DCI，该DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。相应地，该UE接收该网络设备在调度小区的第一TTI发送的该DCI。通常该第一TTI的大小为该第二TTI的大小的K倍。
现有的第三代移动通信伙伴组织(英文：3rd Generation Partnership Project，简称：3GPP)长期演进(英文：Long Term Evolution，简称LTE)LTE系统中的TTI的大小为1ms。在毫米波频段通信的情况下，由于可用频率带宽很大，一个载波的带宽可以到达GHz级别，继续使用1ms的TTI会由于资源粒度过大而导致资源浪费的情况，因此，在毫米波频段下，TTI小于1ms。在通过载波聚合(英文：Carrier Aggregation，简称：CA)的方式将小于1ms的TTI的毫米波频段载波作为辅载波配置给UE，而主载波为采用1ms的TTI的低频段载波，在进行跨载波调度时如何通过1ms的TTI的载波对小于1ms的毫米波载波进行跨载波调度亟需解决。因此，在本发明实施例中，若第一TTI为1ms，而第二TTI为0.1ms，那么在1ms的TTI中来调度连续10个第二TTI中的无线资源分配置信息，从而解决了上述问题。
可选地，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的PRB的统一编号来指示。即将连续K个TTI内的子帧划分为一组，再将毫米波小区的频率带宽划分为Y等分(频带边缘可能不使用而不计入Y等分内)。这样处理后，可以得到K×Y个PRB，然后将这K×Y个PRB进行编一编号。若K×Y为100，则这100个PRB的统一编号可以为0～99。上述的DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，即DCI可以包括编号1、3、11、13…91、93，该DCI指示在这K个第二TTI中调度编号为1、3、11、13…91、93的PRB。
可选地，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低。如图15所示，若第一TTI的大小为4个第二TTI的大小，K为4，Y为7，则可以将4个第二TTI中的PRB进行编号。
可选地，所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从低到高。如图16所示，若第一TTI的大小为4个第二TTI的大小，K为4，Y为7，将4个第二TTI中的PRB进行编号。
本发明实施例提供的将毫米波小区多个子帧的无线资源进行统一编号，并通过一个传统下行控制信息调度多个毫米波子帧的方式也适用于毫米波自调度的场景，还可以减少下行控制信息开销和节省UE的耗电。
可选地，只要PRB最大编号不大于100，就可以用LTE现有小区的一个DCI调度毫米波小区上的多个TTI传输。如果PRB最大编号大于100，则需要引入新的DCI格式来支持更大PRB数目的调度。对这种一个DCI调度K个连续子帧的情况，被调度PRB可能属于多个第二TTI。通常情况，一个传输块(英文：Transport Block，简称：TB)只在一个TTI内所有被调度的PRB上传输。一个TB需要一个HARQ反馈。由于LTE现有小区最多支持跨载波调度4个其他小区，每个被调度小区最多一个HARQ反馈，这时HARQ反馈可以采用跨载波调度多个辅组小区SCell的情况类似处理。如果所述LTE传统小区的TTI超过其调度的毫米波小区TTI的4倍，则需要扩展所述LTE传统小区中用于HARQ反馈的资源，或者扩展可以跨载波调度的小区数量。
图17为本发明信息传输系统实施例的结构示意图，如图17所示，本实施例的系统包括：UE10和网络设备20，UE10与网络设备20通信连接，其中，UE10可以采用图1～图3任一装置实施例的结构，其对应地，可以执行本发明上述各方法实施例中UE所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述；网络设备20可以采用采用图4～图6任一装置实施例的结构，其对应地，可以执行本发明上述各方法实施例中网络设备所执行的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解：实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成，前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读 取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤；而前述的存储介质包括：只读内存(英文：Read-Only Memory，简称：ROM)、随机存取存储器(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
最后应说明的是：以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (154)

  1. 一种用户设备UE，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；
    接收单元，用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理单元确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于，当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：
    第一发送单元，用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理单元确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的UE，其特征在于，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述网络设备发 送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：
    第一发送单元，用于在所述接收单元接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的UE，其特征在于，所述第一发送单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
  9. 根据权利要求3-5任意一项或7或8所述的UE，其特征在于，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率RSRP或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者信道状态指示CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
  10. 根据权利要求2-9任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：第二发送单元；
    所述接收单元，还用于，当所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述处理单元，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；
    第二发送单元，用于向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；
    所述接收单元通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述接收单元用于通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理单元用于根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：
    第一判断单元，用于在所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；
    所述处理单元，还用于当所述第一判断单元判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，
    所述第二发送单元，具体用于当所述第一判断单元判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识。
  13. 根据权利要求10-12任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元，还用于在所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述处理单元，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；
    所述第二发送单元，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述接收单元还用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
  14. 根据权利要求2-9任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：第二发送单元；
    所述接收单元还用于当所述处理单元确定处于第二覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述处理单元，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；
    所述第二发送单元用于，向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述接收单元还用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单 播信息；
    所述接收单元通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述接收单元用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理单元用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
  16. 根据权利要求13-15任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：
    第二判断单元，用于判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；
    所述处理单元还用于当所述第二判断单元判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，
    所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述第二发送单元，用于当所述第二判断单元判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
  17. 根据权利要求13-16任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元，还用于在接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；
    所述接收单元接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，具体包括：所述接收单元用于，根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
  18. 根据权利要求13-17任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等 于1的整数。
  19. 根据权利要求13-18任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述第二发送单元用于根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，所述第二发送单元用于向所述网络设备发送备发送Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
  20. 根据权利要求13-19任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于在所述第二发送单元向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
  21. 根据权利要求2-20任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于在确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。
  22. 根据权利要求2-21任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，还包括：第三发送单元；
    所述接收单元，还用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道PRACH配置信息；
    所述第三发送单元，用于通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导；所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；
    所述接收单元还用于接收所述网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；
    所述第三发送单元，还用于通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3， 所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的UE，其特征在于，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
  24. 根据权利要求1-23任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于，当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔TTI发送的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的UE，其特征在于，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的UE，其特征在于，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块PRB的统一编号来指示。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的UE，其特征在于，
    所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；
    所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
  28. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定用户设备UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；
    发送单元，用于根据所述处理单元确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理单元确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述 广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的网络设备，其特征在于，还包括：
    第一接收单元，用于在所述处理单元确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  31. 根据权利要求28或29所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于当确定所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元，还用于在所述处理单元确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理单元确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的网络设备，其特征在于，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：
    所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
  34. 根据权利要求31-33任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，还包括：
    第一接收单元，用于在所述处理单元确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一接收单元具体用于，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理单元确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
  36. 根据权利要求31-35任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率RSRP或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者信道状态指示CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播 波束。
  37. 根据权利要求29-36任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，还包括：第二接收单元；
    所述发送单元，还用于当所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述第二接收单元，用于接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；
    所述发送单元通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述发送单元用于通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元，还用于在所述第二接收单元接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述第二接收单元，还用于接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息。
  40. 根据权利要求29-36任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，还包括：第二接收单元；
    所述发送单元，用于当所述处理单元确定所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述第二接收单元，用于接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；
    所述发送单元通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述发送单元用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一单播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
  42. 根据权利要求39-41任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元，还用于在通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
  43. 根据权利要求39-42任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
  44. 根据权利要求39-43任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二接收单元接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述第二接收单元用于接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，所述第二接收单元用于接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；
    其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
  45. 根据权利要求39-44任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元，还用于在所述第二接收单元接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；
    所述处理单元，还用于将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
  46. 根据权利要求29-45任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，还包括：第三接收单元；
    所述发送单元，还用于在所述处理单元确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道PRACH配置信息；
    所述第三接收单元，用于接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；
    所述发送单元，还用于向所述UE发送随机接入响应RAR消息，所述 RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；
    所述第三接收单元，还用于接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
  48. 根据权利要求28-47任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述发送单元，还用于当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔TTI向所述UE发送下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块PRB的统一编号来指示。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的网络设备，其特征在于，
    所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；
    所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
  52. 一种用户设备UE，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；
    收发机，用于根据所述处理器确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机具体用于，当所述处理器确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理器确定的所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于，当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理器确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  56. 根据权利要求54或55所述的UE，其特征在于，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
  57. 根据权利要求52或53所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于在所述处理器确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述 第二覆盖区时，向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
  60. 根据权利要求54-56任意一项或58或59所述的UE，其特征在于，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率RSRP或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者信道状态指示CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
  61. 根据权利要求53-60任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述处理器，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；
    所述收发机，还用于向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；
    所述收发机通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理器进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理器用于根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
  63. 根据权利要求61或62所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于在所述收发机向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；当判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，
    所述收发机向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识。
  64. 根据权利要求61-63任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述处理器，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；
    所述收发机，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
  65. 根据权利要求53-60任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于当所述处理器确定处于第二覆盖区时，接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述处理器，还用于进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；
    所述收发机还用于，向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息；
    所述收发机通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
  66. 根据权利要求64或65所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理器进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，具体包括：所述处理器用于根据所述收发机接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
  67. 根据权利要求64-66任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；
    所述处理器还用于，当判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，停止向所述网络设备发 送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，
    所述收发机向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
  68. 根据权利要求64-67任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；
    所述收发机接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，具体包括：所述收发机用于，根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
  69. 根据权利要求64-68任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
  70. 根据权利要求64-69任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，所述收发机用于向所述网络设备发送备发送Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
  71. 根据权利要求64-70任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于在向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；
    所述处理器，还用于根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
  72. 根据权利要求53-71任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理器 还用于在确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，UE停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。
  73. 根据权利要求53-72任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道PRACH配置信息；
    所述收发机，还用于通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导；所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；
    所述收发机还用于接收所述网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；以及通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的UE，其特征在于，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
  75. 根据权利要求52-74任意一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于，当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔TTI发送的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的UE，其特征在于，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
  77. 根据权利要求75或76所述的UE，其特征在于，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块PRB的统一编号来指示。
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的UE，其特征在于，
    所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；
    所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从 低到高。
  79. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于确定用户设备UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；
    收发机，用于根据所述处理器确定的所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机具体用于，当所述处理器确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，当所述处理器确定所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
  81. 根据权利要求79或80所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  82. 根据权利要求79或80所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述处理器具体用于当确定所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，当所述处理器确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  84. 根据权利要求82或83所述的网络设备，其特征在于，当所述UE 的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：
    所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
  85. 根据权利要求82-84任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在所述处理器确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量，具体包括：所述收发机用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，当所述处理器确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
  87. 根据权利要求82-86任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率RSRP或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者信道状态指示CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
  88. 根据权利要求80-87任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；以及接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；
    所述收发机通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
  90. 根据权利要求88或89所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；以及接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发 送单播信息。
  91. 根据权利要求80-87任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于，当所述处理器确定所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；以及接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；以及通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；
    所述收发机通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，具体包括：所述收发机用于通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
  92. 根据权利要求90或91所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一单播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
  93. 根据权利要求90-92任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
  94. 根据权利要求90-93任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
  95. 根据权利要求90-94任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，具体包括：所述收发机用于接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，所述收发机用于接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；
    其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
  96. 根据权利要求90-95任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于在所述收发机接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；
    所述处理器，还用于将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
  97. 根据权利要求80-96任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机还用于，在所述处理器确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道PRACH配置信息；以及接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；以及向所述UE发送随机接入响应RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；以及接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
  99. 根据权利要求79-98任意一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述收发机，还用于当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔TTI向所述UE发送下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
  100. 根据权利要求99所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
  101. 根据权利要求99或100所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块PRB的统一编号来指示。
  102. 根据权利要求101所述的网络设备，其特征在于，
    所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；
    所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
  103. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一 覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；
    所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息。
  104. 根据权利要求103所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，包括：
    当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述UE通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息；或者，
    当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述UE通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广播波束的发散角度。
  105. 根据权利要求103或104所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：
    当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  106. 根据权利要求105所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，还包括：
    当所述UE确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  107. 根据权利要求105或106所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：
    所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
  108. 根据权利要求103或104所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定所述UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  109. 根据权利要求108所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息之前，还包括：
    所述UE向所述网络设备发送服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束或第一广播波束的质量，包括：
    当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，
    当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述服务波束的质量。
  111. 根据权利要求105-107任意一项或109或110所述的方法，其特征在于，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率RSRP或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者信道状态指示CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
  112. 根据权利要求104-111任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备通过M个广播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量；
    所述UE向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；
    所述UE通过所述广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，包括：所述UE通过所述第二广播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
  113. 根据权利要求112所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE进行下行同 步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量，包括：
    所述UE根据所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述M个广播波束中各广播波束的质量。
  114. 根据权利要求112或113所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE向所述网络设备发送第二广播波束的标识之前，还包括：
    所述UE判断所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识是否相同；
    当所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识相同时，所述UE停止向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识；或者，
    当所述第二广播波束的标识与所述UE当前接收广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识。
  115. 根据权利要求112-114任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第二广播波束的标识之后，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；
    所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述UE通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息。
  116. 根据权利要求104-111任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当UE处于第二覆盖区时，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量；
    所述UE向所述网络设备发送第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述UE通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的单播信息；
    所述UE通过所述单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的广播信息，包括：
    所述UE通过所述第一单播波束接收所述网络设备发送的所述广播信息。
  117. 根据权利要求115或116所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量，包括：
    所述UE根据所述接收的所述网络设备通过所述H个单播波束发送的所述同步信号和/或所述训练导频进行下行同步，以及确定所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的质量。
  118. 根据权利要求115-117任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    所述UE判断所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识是否相同；
    当所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识相同时，所述UE停止向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识；或者，
    当所述第一单播波束的标识与所述UE当前与所述网络设备通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同时，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识。
  119. 根据权利要求115-118任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频之前，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间；
    所述UE接收所述网络设备通过H个单播波束发送的同步信号和/或训练导频，包括：
    所述UE根据所述配置信息，在所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的发送时间通过各所述单播波束接收所述同步信号和/或训练导频。
  120. 根据权利要求115-119任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
  121. 根据权利要求115-120任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述 UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识，包括：
    所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，向所述网络设备发送Y个所述单播波束的标识；或者，
    所述UE向所述网络设备发送备发送Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；
    其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
  122. 根据权利要求115-121任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE向所述网络设备发送所述第一单播波束的标识之后，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；
    所述UE根据所述第一信令，将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
  123. 根据权利要求104-122任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区之后，还包括：
    所述UE停止向所述网络设备发起随机接入过程或停止正在进行的随机接入过程。
  124. 根据权利要求104-123任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，还包括：
    所述UE接收所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道PRACH配置信息；
    所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息指示的时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；
    所述UE接收所述网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；
    所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上向所述网络设备发送随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
  125. 根据权利要求124所述的方法，其特征在于，所述上行授权信息用 于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
  126. 根据权利要求103-125任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，所述UE接收所述网络设备在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔TTI发送的下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
  127. 根据权利要求126所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
  128. 根据权利要求126或127所述的方法，其特征在于，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块PRB的统一编号来指示。
  129. 根据权利要求128所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；
    所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
  130. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备确定用户设备UE所在覆盖区的类型，所述覆盖区的类型为第一覆盖区或者第二覆盖区，其中，第一覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的广播波束所覆盖的区域，所述广播波束为所述网络设备采用广播方式发送广播信息所使用的波束，所述第二覆盖区为所述网络设备发送的单播波束所覆盖的区域中的所述网络设备发送的广播波束未覆盖的区域，所述单播波束为所述网络设备采用单播方式与所述UE进行通信的波束；
    所述网络设备根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息。
  131. 根据权利要求130所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备根据所述UE所在覆盖区的类型，通过对应的波束向所述UE发送广播信息，包括：
    当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息；或者，
    当所述覆盖区的类型为所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，所述单播波束的发散角度不大于所述广 播波束的发散角度。
  132. 根据权利要求130或131所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  133. 根据权利要求130或131所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型，包括：
    当所述UE的服务波束或第一广播波束的质量小于预设门限时，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第二覆盖区；否则，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区；所述第一广播波束为所述UE当前接收的所有广播波束中质量最好的广播波束。
  134. 根据权利要求133所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之后，还包括：
    当所述网络设备确定所述UE所在的覆盖区的类型发生改变时，所述网络设备向所述UE发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE当前所在覆盖区的类型或所述UE所在覆盖区的类型发生改变。
  135. 根据权利要求133或134所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述UE的服务波束为至少两个时，所述UE的服务波束的质量小于预设门限，包括：
    所述UE的所有服务波束中质量最好的服务波束的质量小于所述预设门限。
  136. 根据权利要求133-135任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定UE所在覆盖区的类型之前，还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量。
  137. 根据权利要求136所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述服务波束或所述第一广播波束的质量，包括：
    当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第一覆盖区时，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的所述第一广播波束的质量；或者，
    当所述UE确定所述UE当前处于所述第二覆盖区时，所述网络设备接收 所述UE发送的所述服务波束的质量。
  138. 根据权利要求133-137任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述波束的质量为所述波束的参考信号接收功率RSRP或者参考信号接收质量RSRQ或者信道状态指示CSI，所述波束包括所述服务波束或者所述第一广播波束。
  139. 根据权利要求131-138任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区时，还包括：
    所述网络设备通过M个广播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述M为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识，所述第二广播波束为所述M个广播波束中质量最好的广播波束；
    所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，包括：
    所述网络设备通过所述第二广播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
  140. 根据权利要求139所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二广播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前向所述UE发送广播信息使用的广播波束的标识不相同。
  141. 根据权利要求139或140所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第二广播波束的标识之后，还包括：
    所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息。
  142. 根据权利要求131-138任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述UE处于第二覆盖区时，还包括：
    所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频，所述H为大于或等于2的整数；
    所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，所述第一单播波束为所述H个单播波束中质量最好的单播波束；
    所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送单播信息；
    所述网络设备通过所述单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息，包括：
    所述网络设备通过所述第一单播波束向所述UE发送所述广播信息。
  143. 根据权利要求141或142所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一单播波束的标识与所述网络设备当前与所述UE通信所使用的单播波束的标识不相同。
  144. 根据权利要求141-143任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备通过H个单播波束向所述UE发送同步信号和/或训练导频之前，还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述UE发送所述UE对所述H个单播波束进行测量的配置信息，所述配置信息包括所述H个单播波束中各单播波束的标识和/或发送时间。
  145. 根据权利要求141-144任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述H个单播波束包括所述UE的服务波束以及N个相邻单播波束，所述N为大于或等于1的整数。
  146. 根据权利要求141-145任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识，包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述UE根据质量从高到低的顺序，或者，从低到高的顺序，发送的Y个单播波束的标识；或者，
    所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的Y个所述单播波束质量的排序信息；
    其中，所述Y为大于或等于1，并且，小于或等于所述H的整数。
  147. 根据权利要求141-146任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备接收所述UE发送的第一单播波束的标识之后，还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述UE发送第一信令，所述第一信令包括第二单播波束的标识，所述第一信令指示所述UE将所述第二单播波束作为服务波束；
    所述网络设备将所述UE的服务波束切换为所述第二单播波束。
  148. 根据权利要求131-147任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定所述UE处于所述第一覆盖区之后，还包括：
    所述网络设备通过一个广播波束发送的物理随机接入信道PRACH配置信息；
    所述网络设备接收所述UE通过一个上行波束、在所述PRACH配置信息 指示的时频资源上发送的随机接入前导，所述上行波束与所述广播波束存在关联关系，或者所述上行波束的发送方向与所述广播波束的发送方向相反；
    所述网络设备向所述UE发送随机接入响应RAR消息，所述RAR消息包括所述随机接入前导的标识和上行授权信息，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行时频资源和上行波束；
    所述网络设备接收所述UE通过所述上行授权信息授权的上行波束在所述上行授权信息授权的上行时频资源上发送的随机接入消息3，所述随机接入消息3包括所述UE的标识信息。
  149. 根据权利要求148所述的方法，其特征在于，所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE与所述网络设备通信使用的上行波束，包括：所述上行授权信息用于授权所述UE使用所有上行波束与所述网络设备通信。
  150. 根据权利要求130-149任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括：
    当所述UE与所述网络设备需要跨载波调度时，所述网络设备在调度小区的第一传输时间间隔TTI向所述UE发送下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI指示被调度小区上连续K个第二TTI中的无线资源分配信息，所述K为大于或等于2的整数。
  151. 根据权利要求150所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一TTI的大小为所述第二TTI的大小的K倍。
  152. 根据权利要求150或151所述的方法，其特征在于，所述无线资源分配信息根据连续K个第二TTI中的物理资源块PRB的统一编号来指示。
  153. 根据权利要求152所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述PRB的统一编号在时域上的顺序为：时间从早到晚；
    所述PRB的统一编号在频域上的顺序为：频率从高到低，或者，频率从低到高。
  154. 一种信息传输系统，其特征在于，包括：如权利要求1-27任意一项所述的用户设备UE和如权利要求28-51任意一项所述的网络设备；或者，
    如权利要求52-78任意一项所述的UE和如权利要求79-102任意一项所述的网络设备；
    其中，所述UE与所述网络设备通信连接。
PCT/CN2014/088964 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 信息传输方法、设备和系统 WO2016061737A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19184774.8A EP3641354B1 (en) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 Information transmission method, device, and system
EP14904325.9A EP3197186B1 (en) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 Information transmission method, device, and system
CN201480033998.3A CN105723752B (zh) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 信息传输方法、设备和系统
CN201911227482.3A CN111212386B (zh) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 信息传输方法、设备和系统
KR1020177013542A KR101915291B1 (ko) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 정보 송신 방법, 기기 및 시스템
PCT/CN2014/088964 WO2016061737A1 (zh) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 信息传输方法、设备和系统
KR1020187031521A KR101954788B1 (ko) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 정보 송신 방법, 기기 및 시스템
US15/491,806 US10433311B2 (en) 2014-10-20 2017-04-19 Information transmission method, device, and system for efficient transfer of broadcast information
US16/548,598 US20190380119A1 (en) 2014-10-20 2019-08-22 Information transmission method, device, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/088964 WO2016061737A1 (zh) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 信息传输方法、设备和系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/491,806 Continuation US10433311B2 (en) 2014-10-20 2017-04-19 Information transmission method, device, and system for efficient transfer of broadcast information

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016061737A1 true WO2016061737A1 (zh) 2016-04-28

Family

ID=55760033

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/088964 WO2016061737A1 (zh) 2014-10-20 2014-10-20 信息传输方法、设备和系统

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (2) US10433311B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP3641354B1 (zh)
KR (2) KR101954788B1 (zh)
CN (2) CN105723752B (zh)
WO (1) WO2016061737A1 (zh)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018064372A1 (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-05 Idac Holdings, Inc. New radio random access in beamforming systems
WO2018124953A1 (en) * 2017-01-02 2018-07-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ). Radio network nodes, wireless device, and methods performed therein for communicating in a wireless communication network
CN109152006A (zh) * 2017-06-15 2019-01-04 电信科学技术研究院 一种上行波束的确认方法及终端
CN109196786A (zh) * 2016-06-24 2019-01-11 Sk电信有限公司 上行链路信号发送装置及上行链路信号发送方法
CN111491304A (zh) * 2019-01-28 2020-08-04 华为技术有限公司 一种广播波束处理的方法及通信装置

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109417765A (zh) * 2016-07-29 2019-03-01 英特尔Ip公司 用于波束形成系统的定时提前量
US9843974B1 (en) * 2016-10-13 2017-12-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Communication beam soft handover
KR20180049772A (ko) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 삼성전자주식회사 DSRC/IEEE 802.11p 와 LTE-V2X 공존을 위한 해결방법
US10321421B2 (en) 2016-11-03 2019-06-11 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for synchronization and link acquisition in cellular wireless systems with directional antennas
EP3573394B1 (en) 2017-01-25 2022-12-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Resource allocation method, terminal device, and network device
US10681725B2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2020-06-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques and apparatuses for unicast system information delivery for connected mode user equipment
US11343124B2 (en) 2017-08-15 2022-05-24 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Base station wireless channel sounding
US10834689B2 (en) 2017-08-15 2020-11-10 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Base station wireless channel sounding
US10432330B2 (en) 2017-08-15 2019-10-01 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Base station wireless channel sounding
US10638340B2 (en) 2017-08-15 2020-04-28 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Base station wireless channel sounding
CN109429317B (zh) * 2017-08-30 2022-03-11 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 无线网络的通信方法和无线网络的通信装置
US11032721B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2021-06-08 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Minimization of drive tests in beamformed wireless communication systems
US10091662B1 (en) 2017-10-13 2018-10-02 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Customer premises equipment deployment in beamformed wireless communication systems
US11057937B2 (en) * 2017-10-19 2021-07-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Relay node connection techniques in wireless backhaul systems
US11323909B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2022-05-03 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for performing sequential beam report procedure for multiple beams in wireless communication system
WO2019213891A1 (zh) 2018-05-10 2019-11-14 南通朗恒通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2020009510A1 (ko) 2018-07-04 2020-01-09 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 전송을 수행하기 위한 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN110753388B (zh) * 2018-07-23 2021-08-20 华为技术有限公司 一种波束管理方法和相关设备
US11812449B2 (en) * 2018-08-10 2023-11-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Active beam management, configuration, and capability signaling
US11937320B2 (en) 2018-10-25 2024-03-19 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method for managing radio link in multi-carrier environment, and device for same
CN113196816A (zh) * 2018-11-02 2021-07-30 弗劳恩霍夫应用研究促进协会 地面或非地面无线通信系统
KR102107427B1 (ko) * 2019-01-15 2020-05-14 재단법인대구경북과학기술원 근거리 통신을 이용한 정보 교환 방법, 이를 수행하기 위한 기록매체
US11082265B2 (en) 2019-07-31 2021-08-03 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Time synchronization of mobile channel sounding system
CN112584392B (zh) * 2019-09-30 2022-09-23 上海华为技术有限公司 一种无线广播波束覆盖增强方法和装置
US11770842B2 (en) * 2019-10-07 2023-09-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Support of simultaneous unicast and multicast monitoring
CN114071747A (zh) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息确定方法、信息发送方法及终端
CN113810921B (zh) * 2021-09-18 2024-04-09 杭州阿里云飞天信息技术有限公司 数据传输方法、设备及存储介质

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101998260A (zh) * 2009-08-10 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 接收多媒体广播和组播业务的方法、装置和系统

Family Cites Families (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006072825A1 (en) * 2005-01-07 2006-07-13 Nortel Networks Limited Systems and methods for distributing content in wireless networks
EP1981198B1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2017-06-28 Fujitsu Limited Radio transmitting method, radio transmitter and radio receiver
KR20080047947A (ko) * 2006-11-27 2008-05-30 삼성전자주식회사 이동통신 시스템에서 셀 선택을 위한 방법 및 시스템
WO2008066285A1 (en) * 2006-11-27 2008-06-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for performing cell selection in a mobile communication system and system therefor
KR101421524B1 (ko) * 2008-05-08 2014-07-22 에스케이플래닛 주식회사 Ｂｃｍｃｓ 서비스 시스템에서 방송 컨텐츠 송수신 장치 및방법
DE602008001790D1 (de) * 2008-05-16 2010-08-26 Alcatel Lucent Halbstatisches Strahlbildungsverfahren und Vorrichtung
TWI464900B (zh) * 2008-11-26 2014-12-11 Epistar Corp 光電半導體裝置
EP2244515A1 (en) * 2009-04-23 2010-10-27 Panasonic Corporation Logical channel prioritization procedure for generating multiple uplink transport blocks
WO2011005032A2 (ko) 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 엘지전자 주식회사 다중 반송파 시스템에서 반송파 스케줄링 방법 및 장치
CN102014495B (zh) * 2009-09-29 2012-07-18 电信科学技术研究院 载波调度方式确定方法、系统和设备
EP2509366B1 (en) * 2009-11-30 2019-10-09 LG Electronics Inc. Terminal device for receiving signal in wireless communication system for supporting a plurality of component carriers and method thereof
EP2341678A1 (en) * 2010-01-05 2011-07-06 Panasonic Corporation Signaling of resource assignments in cross-carrier scheduling scenarios
KR101769371B1 (ko) 2010-01-11 2017-08-30 엘지전자 주식회사 크기를 조정한 ｄｃｉ를 이용한 ｐｄｃｃｈ 송수신 방법 및 장치
EP2577885B1 (en) * 2010-06-01 2014-09-03 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method and radio base station for switching between unicast and broadcast modes in a wireless communication system
US20130229981A1 (en) * 2010-09-16 2013-09-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Device for transmitting/receiving basic resource grid type information in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of serving cells and method thereof
KR20120050350A (ko) * 2010-11-10 2012-05-18 주식회사 케이티 멀티캐스트-브로드캐스트 서비스 제어 장치 및 그 방법
EP2647259B1 (en) * 2010-12-03 2018-01-03 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods and apparatus for performing multi-radio access technology carrier aggregation
EP3742656A1 (en) 2010-12-06 2020-11-25 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method to enable wireless operation in license exempt spectrum
KR20120103400A (ko) * 2011-03-11 2012-09-19 삼성전자주식회사 통신시스템에서 하이브리드 자동재전송요구 지원 방법 및 장치
US9094977B2 (en) * 2011-11-11 2015-07-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for supporting mobility management in communication systems with large number of antennas
US9628935B2 (en) * 2011-11-15 2017-04-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Group communications with mixed casting services
WO2013105838A1 (ko) * 2012-01-15 2013-07-18 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 제어 정보 전송 방법 및 장치
US20130182643A1 (en) * 2012-01-16 2013-07-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and system for transitions of broadcast dash service receptions between unicast and broadcast
US20130286960A1 (en) * 2012-04-30 2013-10-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Apparatus and method for control channel beam management in a wireless system with a large number of antennas
RU2660657C1 (ru) * 2012-10-05 2018-07-09 Интердиджитал Пэйтент Холдингз, Инк. Способ и устройство для улучшения покрытия устройств связи машинного типа (mtc)
US9185716B2 (en) * 2013-01-03 2015-11-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Obtaining control channel elements of physical downlink control channels for cross-carrier scheduling
US20140328260A1 (en) * 2013-02-26 2014-11-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Scheduling over multiple transmission time intervals
EP2782409A1 (en) * 2013-03-20 2014-09-24 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Deterministic UE behaviour for CSI/SRS Reporting during DRX
US9538503B2 (en) * 2013-03-28 2017-01-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Aggregation of FDD and TDD cells
US10136266B2 (en) * 2013-09-12 2018-11-20 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Group communication service enabler (GCSE) group management
US9743432B2 (en) * 2013-09-23 2017-08-22 Qualcomm Incorporated LTE-U uplink waveform and variable multi-subframe scheduling
US9029811B1 (en) * 2013-10-22 2015-05-12 Varian Semiconductor Equipment Associates, Inc. Apparatus to control an ion beam
WO2015103746A1 (en) * 2014-01-08 2015-07-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Small mbsfn enhancement

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101998260A (zh) * 2009-08-10 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 接收多媒体广播和组播业务的方法、装置和系统

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109196786A (zh) * 2016-06-24 2019-01-11 Sk电信有限公司 上行链路信号发送装置及上行链路信号发送方法
CN109196786B (zh) * 2016-06-24 2021-10-08 Sk电信有限公司 上行链路信号发送装置及上行链路信号发送方法
WO2018064372A1 (en) * 2016-09-28 2018-04-05 Idac Holdings, Inc. New radio random access in beamforming systems
US11871384B2 (en) 2016-09-28 2024-01-09 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Random access in new radio (NR) and other beamforming systems
CN110089047B (zh) * 2017-01-02 2023-02-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 无线电网络节点、无线设备及其中执行的用于通信的方法
WO2018124953A1 (en) * 2017-01-02 2018-07-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ). Radio network nodes, wireless device, and methods performed therein for communicating in a wireless communication network
US10327168B2 (en) * 2017-01-02 2019-06-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Radio network nodes, wireless device, and methods performed therein for communicating in a wireless communication network
CN110089047A (zh) * 2017-01-02 2019-08-02 瑞典爱立信有限公司 无线电网络节点、无线设备、以及在其中执行的用于在无线通信网络中通信的方法
CN109152006A (zh) * 2017-06-15 2019-01-04 电信科学技术研究院 一种上行波束的确认方法及终端
CN109152006B (zh) * 2017-06-15 2021-06-18 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种上行波束的确认方法及终端
CN111491304A (zh) * 2019-01-28 2020-08-04 华为技术有限公司 一种广播波束处理的方法及通信装置
CN111491304B (zh) * 2019-01-28 2021-10-22 华为技术有限公司 一种广播波束处理的方法及通信装置
US11956647B2 (en) 2019-01-28 2024-04-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Broadcast beam processing method and communications apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10433311B2 (en) 2019-10-01
EP3197186B1 (en) 2019-08-14
CN105723752A (zh) 2016-06-29
KR101954788B1 (ko) 2019-03-06
EP3197186A4 (en) 2017-10-11
EP3197186A1 (en) 2017-07-26
KR20170070225A (ko) 2017-06-21
US20190380119A1 (en) 2019-12-12
CN111212386B (zh) 2022-05-17
EP3641354A1 (en) 2020-04-22
KR101915291B1 (ko) 2018-11-05
CN111212386A (zh) 2020-05-29
CN105723752B (zh) 2019-12-06
US20170223690A1 (en) 2017-08-03
EP3641354B1 (en) 2021-06-02
KR20180120818A (ko) 2018-11-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016061737A1 (zh) 信息传输方法、设备和系统
US10531326B2 (en) Methods of controlling measurement process in RRC idle mode and apparatuses thereof
JP7405911B2 (ja) 無線通信システム、基地局
US20230422224A1 (en) Communication system, base station and user equipment
KR102323353B1 (ko) 클라우드 기반 사이드링크 스케줄링을 위한 디바이스들 및 방법들 및 이를 위한 기지국 인터페이스
KR101987525B1 (ko) 채널상태정보 전송 방법 및 그 장치
CN107567718B (zh) 在移动通信系统中由配置有多个载波的用户设备执行和报告测量的方法和装置
JPWO2019098059A1 (ja) 通信システム、通信端末装置および通信ノード
WO2016021541A1 (ja) 通信システム
CN110291751B (zh) 用于在无线通信网络中关联载波的方法和装置
WO2018011777A1 (ja) 通信システム、基地局装置、通信端末装置および通信方法
JP2023145434A (ja) ユーザ装置、基地局および通信システム
KR20170053379A (ko) 공공 안전 망 서비스를 지원하는 통신 시스템에서 서비스 향상 방법 및 장치
JP6220903B2 (ja) 無線通信システムにおけるアップリンク送信を処理するための方法及び装置
KR20160110617A (ko) PUCCH SCell 제어 방법 및 장치
US10791573B2 (en) Random access channel transmission method and device
WO2023013513A1 (ja) 通信システム
KR20190008114A (ko) 차세대 무선네트워크를 위한 캐리어 병합 제어 방법 및 장치
JP7507825B2 (ja) 通信システム、基地局装置および通信端末装置
WO2022181526A1 (ja) 通信システムおよび基地局
RU2792670C2 (ru) Система связи, устройство терминала связи и узел связи
KR20170072072A (ko) 통신 시스템에서 빔 요소 반송파의 전송 우선순위 결정 방법 및 장치
KR20160075343A (ko) 임의 접근 채널 및 데이터 전송 방법 및 장치

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14904325

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014904325

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177013542

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A